adventure peaks worldwide adventure travel
DESCRIPTION
Adventure Collection 2015 - 2016TRANSCRIPT
Peru p
ho
to: M
atthew
Wilso
n
Left: Martin
Barn
ettt on
Ch
o O
yu. B
elow
: Scottish
Win
ter by D
ave Fisher
Worldwide Mountain Expeditions, Treks
and Courses2015 - 2016
Adventure Collection 15 - 16
1. G
eord
ie Stewart O
n Everest Su
mm
it. Pho
to: C
hris Szym
iec 2. Stu
James an
d Ro
b G
aun
tlet on
Everest Sum
mit. Ph
oto
: Stu Peaco
ck 3. Elb
rus. Ph
oto
: Sean Jam
es 4. M
t Ken
ya ph
oto
: An
dy C
ollin
s 5. Sco
tt Sum
mit 6
. Scott M
cNau
gto
n Ph
oto
: Co
nan
Harro
d
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 2
My love of the mountains started at an early age.
Being brought up in Keswick, in the north of the
Lake District helped - I had a whole playing field
of crags and rivers to explore, which I did in every
spare moment. Graduating as a design teacher
in my early twenties, holidays were filled with
climbing some of the most beautiful mountains
in the world. I discovered a real thrill in pushing
myself to the limit and exploring new places.
In 2000 I started ‘Adventure Peaks’ which I ran as
a one man band from my spare room! I built a
following of loyal, like minded mountaineers, and
together we discovered some beautiful and remote
regions of the world.
From small beginnings come great things, and
today we are proud to employ 26 dedicated,
permanent staff, whilst also offering part-time and
freelance work to guides and instructors around
the globe.
Alongside the more famous worldwide treks and
expeditions, our team of guides offer our equally
important UK courses, with technical climbing
instruction, guided walks, gorge and waterside
scrambles.
Following the success of our existing two
Ambleside retail outlets - providing the best
brands in outdoor & activity gear for the whole
family - 2010 saw us open the doors to a new
generation of store “one of the most technical
shops in the world...” with two floors of extreme
expedition gear and the latest in technically
innovative clothing and equipment. The store is
built around a state-of-the-art Climbing Wall and
boulder room, with view-point Café. It is here that
our highly trained staff support and encourage
individuals and groups, helping develop the next
generation of climbers.
Adventure Peaks is proud to boast of its
achievements, brought about by the dedication
of a strong & determined team...amongst many
other rewards and recognitions for the hard work
that our skilled leaders have achieved, are the
‘World speed record for the Seven Summits’ and
the ‘Youngest to complete the Seven Summits and
the thrice held record for the ‘Youngest person to
summit Mount Everest’ (Jake Meyer in 2005 and
Rob Gauntlet and James hopper in 2006, George
Atkinson in 2011). In 2014 vwe organised the
Grand Slam for Sebastian Merriman to complete
the Seven Summits and Two Poles in just over 12
months.
Despite all this success, I never forget how it
started. My own passion for the mountains still
inspires my choice of treks and expeditions. The
loyalty of returning clients and assisting those
with little experience to learn new skills is a great
motivator.
So, as we are recognised as a world leader in the
mountains - and also in providing expert support
and advice for your Expedition, Trek or Course why
not visit us here in Ambleside - within the heart of
the beautiful Lake District.... you never know where
you might end up!
As we complete our fifteenth year we will continue
to help you ‘Live The Dream!’.
Dave Pritt - Director
Our successes include...•38 previously unclimbed Peaks in the Tien
Shan and Kyrgyzstan
•100% summit success on Carstensz Pyramid
(Australasia) including the first Irish & South
African ascents
•95% summit success on Kilimanjaro with
over 500 clients to the summit
•95% success on Elbrus
•99% summit success on Mt Vinson
•80% success on Everest (in a 3 year period 28
started their summit day with 22 reaching
the summit)
•81%+ summit success on Aconcagua, South
America. (out of 100 clients 81 reached the
summit)
•75% summit success on Denali, North
America
•Three times guiding the youngest British
person to the summit of Everest (Jake Meyer
in 2005 and Rob Gauntlet and James Hopper
in 2006 - then in 2011 George Atkinson
•The Seven Summits World Record in 2007
•World Record for the youngest to complete
the Seven Summits in 2011
•2013 - First British female ascent of Himlung
Himal
•2013 - First Danish ascent of Himlung Himal
•2013 - New expedition to Korzhenevskaya
sees success
•2014 - 7 summit and 2 Poles – Adventure
Peaks successfully organised the grand
slam of all nine for Sebastian Merriman to
become the 5th Brit and 38th person in the
world to complete this amazing challenge in
just over twelve months.
What’s new for 2015The Garhwal region of the Indian Himalayas
holds a wealth of remote mountaineering
peaks rising to over 7000m. Satopanth was
attempted in September 2014 and from this
we have been able to identify a variety of
stunning peaks for mountaineers of all levels
and unlike Nepal you are almost guaranteed
to have the peaks to yourself:
•Mount Shivling
•Saife Peak and Thelu Peak
•Sudershan Peak
• In Nepal we have included a new 7000m Peak
in Annapurna IV
We offer a whole host of new courses (both
summer and winter) to help you prepare yourself
for bigger challenges.
On the treks side check out Bulgaria, Poland and
Venezuela
Fast Track ExpeditionsNo compromise on acclimatisation (or potential
summit days) but these expeditions include a
helicopter to exit BC allowing higher altitudes to
be reached safely on less holiday!!! For those on
expeditions that fly to Lukla it also lessens the
chance of being weather bound on the standard
aircraft flights.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Live The Dream!
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 3
Clim
ber p
erched
at the ed
ge o
f Den
ali Hig
h C
amp
with
Foraker in
the b
ackgro
un
d - Ph
oto
: Tod
d Ru
tledg
e
Choose your next adventure
Courses p15Expeditions p29Treks p85
SAVE £££’S OFF OUR BROCHURE PRICES
Be one of the first to book on a trip and you may be able to claim one of our ‘First To Book’ discounts, WORTH UP TO £1000.
Recommend someone who has not travelled with us before to us and when they book a trip we will send you a £20 voucher to spend on an expedition, trek or course in our shop.
Details of these and many other offers and discounts can be seen on our website www.adventurepeaks.com
DON’T DELAY OR YOU MAY MISS OUT
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 4
Angie Hall-Aspland
is a mountain film
photographer with
her partner David.
Her favourite part
of the world is north
Sweden’s Arctic
region. Angie is the
Mens and Womens
clothing buyer and
she manages the Expedition shop, advising
on technical gear for expedition clients and
customers going on trips.
www.unsworthphotographic.com
Dave Balshaw works
across the business
ensuring the smooth
running of the shops
and the online retail
area. With a Degree
in Outdoor Studies
and experience
working within the
outdoor education
sector in both
Europe and North America, he brings a wealth
of outdoor knowledge to your retail experience.
When not at work you will find him at home in
the mountain playgrounds of the Alps or the
Rockies, getting away from it all on either a bike
or a board.
Ben Bisby is a keen
rock climber, winter
mountaineer, and
adventure fell
runner. He competes
in long and short
distance fell races,
and is currently
training for an
ultra-marathon. He
has climbed all over the UK and enjoys sport
climbing in Spain. You will find Ben helping with
our retail and online sales.
Neil Burnett is our
Website and Creative
Manager. He’ll
be busy updating
our Website and
Social channels
and keeping
you informed of
Adventure Peaks
news and happenings. You might see him
on a bike, rope or slogging up a hill around
Ambleside.
Matt Butler
has worked at
the wall as an
instructor since
2010. Promoted
to Wall Manager,
he still thrives on
providing action
packed sessions for
all. Outside of work he loves Lakeland climbing,
walking, and scrambling, and has become a
member of Langdale & Ambleside Mountain
Rescue Team.
You may occasionally
see Chris Falshaw
in the Adventure
Peaks Shop but his
main responsibility
is running our
children’s shop Little
Walkers. Chris joins us with a wealth of outdoor
retail experience and is a keen walker.
www.littlewalkers.co.uk
Carrie Gibson has
traveled on many
of our expeditions
before finally joining
Adventure Peaks
where she is the
Human Resources
Manager and
co-manages the Marmot Store. She is happy
to give information on what kit to take on
expeditions and you may even find her leading
your expedition.
Anna Hindmarch
works with Mike and
Stu as a Logistics
and Administration
Manager for
our Treks and
Expeditions. Anna
spends much of
her spare time exploring the Lake District fells
and has been on several trips abroad including
Everest Base Camp, Kilimanjaro, Elbrus, Cotopaxi
and Mount Toubkal.
George Hayton-
Hines works
across our stores
in Ambleside. He
enjoys caving in the
Yorkshire Dales and
climbing in the Lake
District.
Stu Peacock is a very experienced high altitude
mountaineer who has been to the Summit of
Everest three times, Broad Peak, Cho Oyu and
climbed on K2. His other expeditions include:
Manaslu, Ama Dablam, Peak Lenin, Aconcagua,
Khan Tengri, Tien Shan Unclimbed, Alpamayo,
Bolivian Peaks, Spantik, Elbrus and Kilimanjaro.
He not only leads expeditions but is also
responsible for our IT systems and Expedition
programmes. Stu has climbed over 8000m a
total of 7 times and the first Brit to summit
Everest via the North Ridge 3 times.
Tim Riley is our
Expedition shop’s
Deputy Manager
and Accessories
Buyer. Previously a
snowboard instructor
in Canada; Tim has
now also received
his mountain bike instructor qualification. He is
gearing up for his next trip of snowboarding and
split boarding in the Alps back country.
Maddy White
enjoys walking and
is responsible for
our Accounts and
Administration.
Mike Wynne has
over 30 years of
experience in
the adventure
travel business
and has trekked,
travelled and led
adult, student and family groups to more
destinations than he can remember - Morocco
being his speciality. Mike retired from the
companies he founded Walks Worldwide and
Schools Worldwide, back in 2010 and has joined
Adventure Peaks to develop and be responsible
for our own treks and schools program. When
not behind his desk Mike will either be away
leading another trip or out and about in the
Lakes and the Yorkshire Dales.
The Adventure Peaks teamDave Pritt is the Director of Adventure Peaks. With over 30 years of mountaineering feats, he is a very
experienced high altitude mountaineer who has led expeditions to K2, Broad Peak and five Everest
expeditions. Dave has completed the 7 summits, led an expedition to Ski the South Pole Last Degree,
Satopanth in India and in 2007 he guided Ian McKeever to break the world record for the seven
summits in 156 days.
He is lucky enough to have climbed on the majority of our advertised peaks, but the Tien Shan
remains his favourite destination.
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 5
At Ambleside Wall we think climbing should
be easily available to anyone who wants to
try it. Beginners of all ages can receive expert
tuition and supervision from highly qualified
and experienced instructors who will work hard
to help them achieve whatever goals they
may have.
Experienced climbers can get open access to a wall
where route quality, training facilities and regular
route changes are what matters.
We regularly organise elite coaching, training
evenings, climbing brand road shows, gear demo
nights and competitions so our climbers can get
the most out of their local wall. Local businesses,
schools and outside groups are welcomed
through our doors throughout the year, so
let us know if there’s something we can do
for you…
We have a 36ft Lead Climbing Wall containing 15
lines with routes from amenable slabs to steep
overhangs.
There are 45+ regularly changed routes, set with
creativity and a passion for movement. We have a
dedicated boulder room, friendly staff and a Café
with views overlooking the Wall and surrounding
fells. It all adds up to a positive climbing
environment.
Come and visit us
The Ambleside Climbing Wall
Café AltitudeFrom our Café overlooking the climbing wall you can watch climbers through glass viewing panels whilst enjoying a drink or one of our Café treats. You don’t have to be a climber to enjoy the Café. Everyone is welcome, including our four-legged friends. Come and experience our unique setting and friendly atmosphere. We reckon the Café has some of the best views in Ambleside, looking across the rooftops with stunning panoramic views of the surrounding fells.
P
P
P
Kelsick Rd
Com
psto
n Rd
Lake Rd
Rydal Rd
Church St
North Rd
SalutationHotel
Ze�rellis
Roth
ay R
d
Ambleside
A593 towardsConiston
A591 towardsWindermere & M6
The Lily bar
Adventure PeaksAmbleside WallCafé Altitude
Marmot Store
The Walkers Shop
Little Walkers
Find us... in the heart of Ambleside. You will see the Adventure Peaks shop, Café Altitude, Ambleside Climbing Wall and Marmot Store on the right just as you leave the centre of Ambleside. There is a large public car park next to The Ambleside Climbing Wall.
•Full range of outdoor equipment to kit you out for all our trips
•State-of-the-art Climbing Wall
•Café Altitude overlooking the Wall and the fells
•Face to face advice on trips and equipment 7 days a week, 9.00am-5.30pm
•Detailed information sheets on all our Expeditions, Treks and Courses
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 6
In 2014 - 7 summit and 2 Poles7 summit and 2 Poles – Adventure Peaks
successfully organised the grand slam of all nine
for Sebastian Merriman to become the 5th Brit and
38th person in the world to complete this amazing
challenge in just over twelve months.
2011 - George Atkinson•2011 Seven Summits World Records
•Aged 6 he climbed Northern Ireland’s highest
mountain; Slieve Donard.
•At 7 he scaled the three highest peaks in Scotland,
England and Wales (Ben Nevis, Scafell Pike and
Snowdonia)
•At 11 he climbed Kilimanjaro.
•At 13, he conquered Europe’s highest peak;
Russia’s 5,642m Mount Elbrus.
• In 2008, he reached the summit 0f Indonesia’s
Carstensz Pyramid (4,884m) then went on to
climb South America’s highest Peak Aconcagua
(6,962m).
•Aged 15 he went on to summit Mount McKinley
(6,194m) in North America.
• In 2011 he conquered Mount Vinson (4,892m)
in Antarctica.
•At 16 years of age, in 2011, George Atkinson
reached the summit of Mount Everest (8,848m)
giving him the world record for the youngest
1
The Seven Summits Challenge has captured the imagination of many, it has given a focus to mountaineers worldwide, to climb the highest peak on each of the
seven continents. Anyone can start the challenge on the easier non-technical peaks of Kilimanjaro, Elbrus and Aconcagua whilst developing the resilience and
skills to tackle the cold peaks of Mt Vinson on Antarctica and Denali (Mt. McKinley) in North America. The final two include Carstensz Pyramid, a technical rock
summit on the island of Papua and finally the ultimate prize Everest, the summit of Asia and the highest point in the world.
The Seven Summits Challenge + Poles
Continent:North AmericaMountain:Denali (Mt McKinley)Altitude: 6,194mPage 62
Continent:South AmericaMountain:AconcaguaAltitude:6,962m Page 73
Continent:EuropeMountain:ElbrusAltitude:5,642mPage 34
Continent:Africa Mountain:KilimanjaroAltitude:5,895mPage 110 - 111
1
3
2
4
Continent:AsiaMountain:EverestAltitude:8,848mPages 82-83
Continent:AustralasiaMountain:Carstensz PyramidAltitude:4,884mPage 59
Continent:AntarcticaMountain:Mt VinsonAltitude:4,892m Page 63
5
7
6
2
person ever to complete the Seven Summits
and the youngest Brit to summit Everest ... with
our support.
NOTE: In 2011 Geordie Stewart aged 22 also broke the same record with Adventure Peaks (shortly before George Atkinson !! He only retained the Seven Summits title for one hour)
In 2010 The second seven summits. We helped Andy
Collins move closer to this, a world first….the
second seven summits. Amazingly these are
technically very difficult peaks and are the second
highest summits on each continent. He has now
completed K2 (Asia), Ojos del Salado (South
America), Dykh Tau (Europe), Mt Logan (North
America), Mt. Kenya (Africa).
Adventure Peaks now looks forward to helping
Andy with the final two Ngga Pulu (Australasia)
and Mt Tyree (Antarctica).
In 2009 - Paul Taylor“Completing the Seven Summits! Me! Never
gave it a thought, not at least until I’d summited
Kili and then Aconcagua. By the time I’d climbed
McKinley, I was hooked! The countries, the
people you meet, the depth of experience
of the leaders who give you the best shot
at the summit. Doing all seven in the first
seven attempts? Unbelievable! Luck? Maybe.
Above: George AtkinsonAbove: Sebastian Merriman at the North Pole
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 7
Also In 2007Grania Willis - first Irish woman to climb Carstensz
Pyramid
Sibusio Vilane - first South African to climb
Carstensz Pyramid.
In 2005 British and World RecordIn 2005 Adventure Peaks helped Jake Meyer to
become the youngest Britain to summit Mt Everest
at the age of 21 and the youngest male in the
world to scale the Seven Summits. Jake says: ‘For
over two months we waited patiently, hoping,
praying for a break in the weather. Then, on the
1st June, we left our Advanced Base Camp at
6400m, for a 3 day ‘dash’ to the summit. 70 hours
later I stood on the top of the world. The final
assault was unimaginably hard, both mentally and
physically. Somehow, due to the strength of my
leader and our Sherpas, and drawing on an inner
strength that I never knew existed, I managed
to surmount the multitude of hindrances and
obstacles. At 6.30am on the 4th June 2005 I
became the youngest Briton to climb Everest and
the youngest male in the World to scale the Seven
Summits’
Determination? Definitely . Fitness? Of course.
Beats going to the gym any day!”
In 2007 a World Record In 2007 Dave Pritt guided Ian McKeever to a new
world record for the quickest ascent of the seven
summits in 156 days! The previous record was 187
days.
Mt Vinson Jan 26th
Aconcagua Feb 12th
Kilimanjaro Mar 5th
Carstensz Pyramid Mar 17th
Everest May 16th
Elbrus May 28th
Denali July 1st
The Poles
Skiing to the North and South Poles captures the essence of
polar exploration in just two weeks! You don’t need to commit
to a full-length expedition; the journey begins at 89° where you
and your sled are dropped by ski aircraft for the 111km journey.
The landscapes are vast, harsh and unforgiving which adds to
the beauty and adventure. You don’t need to be an expert skier
as it is similar to walking with skis, but a high level of fitness is
required. Complete this challenge to stand at the most southerly or
northerly point on Earth.
Ian McKeever in training
Above: Sibusiso Vilane - centre, photo Dave PrittAbove: Paul Taylor in 2009
North PoleSouth Pole
4
3
5
7
6
Above: Jake Meyer on the Summit of Mount Everest
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 8
The full Snow Leopard Challenge
Duration: 65 Days | Grade: 5D
Altitude: 7495m | Deposit: £1000
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 27 Jun Sun 30 Aug 15 £13,995 £14,990
Sat 25 Jun Sun 28 Aug 16 £13,995 £14,990
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
3 Ismoil Somoni
1 Peak Lenin
2 Korzhenevskaya
The Snow Leopard ChallengeIt started in the old Soviet Union times and became the ultimate challenge for alpinists….to climb all Soviet peaks over 7000 metres; Peak Lenin, Korzhenevskaya, Ismoil Somoni, Khan Tengri and Peak Pobeda. Those who managed to summit the five Central Asian giants were awarded the Snow Leopard Award. Today it has been completed by less than six hundred mountaineers, none of them British. Adventure Peaks is offering all five; three peaks are located in the Pamirs and two in the Tien Shan. They can be climbed individually or in combinations as described below.
Mountain:Peak LeninCountry:Kyrgyzstan/TajikistanAltitude: 7134mPage 56
Mountain:KorzhenevskayaCountry:TajikistanAltitude: 7105mPage 57
Mountain:Ismoil Somoni (Peak Communism)Country:TajikistanAltitude: 7495mPage 57
Mountain:Khan TengriCountry:Kyrgyzstan/ChinaAltitude: 7010mPage 58
Mountain:Peak PobedaCountry:Kyrgyzstan/ChinaAltitude: 7439mPage 58
1
2
3
4
5
Pho
to: A
lex Payman
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 9
4 Khan Tengri
5 Peak Pobeda
The Snow Leopard Challenge
Pho
to: M
artin B
arnettt
Tien Shan Unclimbed and Khan Tengri
Duration: 30 Days | Grade: 5C
Altitude: 7010m | Deposit: £600
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 18 Jul Sun 16 Aug 15 £3,950 £4,625
Sat 16 Jul Sun 14 Aug 16 £3,995 £4,670
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Korzhenevskaya and Ismoil Somoni
Duration: 36 Days | Grade: 4D
Altitude: 7495m | Deposit: £600
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Fri 17 Jul Wed 19 Aug 15 £4,600 £5,450
Fri 15 Jul Wed 17 Aug 16 £4,650 £5,500
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Khan Tengri and Peak Pobeda
Duration: 44 Days | Grade: 5D
Altitude: 7439m | Deposit: £600
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 18 Jul Sun 23 Aug 15 £5,600 £6,275
Sat 23 Jul Sun 28 Aug 16 £5,750 £6,425
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 10
Continent: EuropeMountain: ElbrusAltitude: 5642mPage: 34
Continent: AsiaMountain: Mt DamavandAltitude: 5610mPage 53
Continent: AustralasiaMountain: Mt GiluweAltitude: 4368mPage 61
Continent: North AmericaMountain: Pico de OrizabaAltitude: 5636mPage 62Continent:
1
3
2
4
7 Volcanic Summits
4
6
5
To climb the highest mountain on the seven continents has become an established challenge over the past decade often cumulating in an ascent of Mt Everest! A new challenge is now offered by Adventure Peaks ‘7 Volcanic Summits’, the highest volcanic peaks on the Earth’s seven continents, a challenge more achievable without the extremes of Everest or Denali but a fabulous way to visit the even more remote corners of the seven continents!
1. Mount Damavand
Little known outside its home nation of Iran but it
is Asia’s highest volcano (5610m) and provides a
delightful challenge for mountaineers. It is located
north of Tehran, close to the Caspian Sea and
dominates the Alborz mountain range. Damavand
is, with its near-symmetrical lines, a beautiful and
graceful peak that has lain dormant for 10,000
years. On reaching the crater rim you walk around
it to the true summit and it is possible to walk
into the crater. It is technically easy but demands a
good level of fitness.
2. Mount Giluwe
Enjoy this remote journey into the depths of
Papua New Guinea. Mount Giluwe (4368m) is the
second highest mountain in Papua New Guinea,
after Mount Wilhem, and the highest volcano
on the Australasian continent. It is made up of a
series of volcanic plugs left over from the original
volcano, which formed over 700,000 years ago
and, like Mount Kenya it has twin summits. The
ascent takes you through jungle, grassland, past
innumerable tarns and lakes but don’t expect
home comforts. The climb is magnificent but it’s
wild, it’s remote and every bush hike after this
will be disappointingly easy! Leave behind any
western ideas of comfort; it is a journey back in
time where machetes cut the way to the sound of
musical tribal singing. Combine it with the ascent
of Mount Wilhem (4509m).
3. Pico de Orizaba
This expedition combines the opportunity to
climb three peaks whilst exploring the diverse
cultures of Mexico. We acclimatise with visits to
the Teotihuacan Pyramids, the beautiful crater
lakes of Nevado de Toluca and the summit of
Toluca (4,691m). Moving southeast of Mexico
City we climb the interesting peak Iztaccihuatl
(5261m) over snow, ice and rock before heading to
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 11
1
2
73
our main objective Orizaba (5,636m) the highest
volcano in the North America and the continent’s
third highest mountain after Denali and Mt Logan.
The route to the crater rim follows the Glacier
de Jamapa and a rocky ravine before the views
across the Gulf of Mexico start to emerge to
give a breathtaking summit panorama from this
perfectly formed conical shaped peak.
4. Mount Sidley
Impressive and exceptionally remote, Mount
Sidley (4285m)is to be found in one of Antarctica’s
least travelled corners of its polar ice sheet making
it a truly special place to visit. To date there have
been very few ascents of this, Antarctica’s highest
volcano. One side of the mountain forms a huge
caldera crater with a diameter of 5 km, with its
internal walls forming a sheer one kilometer high
cliff of ice. On the other side there are blue ice
slopes that rise gently to the crater rim giving
easy access to its summit. Sidley’s spectacular
remote setting is a ‘must do’ for adventurous
mountaineers in search of one of the most remote
and unique places on earth!
5. Ojos del Salado
Just sixty metres lower than Aconcagua, Ojos del
Salado (6893m) can be found on the edge of the
Atacama Desert (the driest spot on earth) and is
the world’s highest volcano. Our journey to the
mountain takes us by jeep to the remote region of
the Chilean Altiplano where few people go passing
through salt flats and pristine mountain lakes in
this region of amazing beauty. We acclimatise on
the beautiful peak of Vn Copiapó 6052m, before
making our ascent of the majestic massif of Ojos
del Salado where the 360º summit views are
beyond description. No crowds on this peak!
6. Elbrus
At 5642m, Elbrus rises majestically from a
beautiful Alpine-like valley dominated by
dramatic glaciated peaks. On this expedition
you will gradually gain height and increase your
fitness by acclimatising carefully on another
nearby peak with great views across to Elbrus.
This will give you the opportunity of attaining a
further Caucasian summit as well as Elbrus. Once
acclimatised, our route follows sweeping snow
slopes to the col between Elbrus’s twin summits.
Unlike many parties, we ascend the steepening
slopes to the West Peak; this is the true summit of
Europe’s highest mountain.
7. KilimanjaroAll our Kilimanjaro routes have been carefully
chosen both to improve your enjoyment through
acclimatisation and also for your safety. We at
Adventure Peaks do not believe it is wise to spend
any less than 6 days on the mountain for the
simple fact that we want our clients to feel good
both mentally and physically and to reach their
goal – the ‘roof of Africa’ (5895m). Each route we
offer has its own quirks and we encourage you to
check our website or contact our experienced staff
to help you decide which trip is perfect for you.
6 75 AntarcticaMountain: Mt SidleyAltitude: 4285mPage 63
Continent: South AmericaMountain: Ojos del SaladoAltitude: 6893mPage 72
Continent: AfricaMountain: KilimanjaroAltitude: 5895mPage 110 - 111
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 12
What is included in the cost•A British expedition team leader. Small groups
may use a local leader.
•Air travel from the UK (unless priced as “Land
only”).
•Permits, charges, importation taxes and levies
payable to the Local Authorities in connection
with the expedition unless stated separately.
•Food, fuel and cooking equipment whilst on the
mountain.
•Hotel and other accommodation on a Bed &
Breakfast basis.
•All tents and other communal equipment
necessary for the climb.
•Medical safety equipment and supplies.
•Communication equipment (each member on a
Grade 3B or above are normally provided with
a radio whilst on the mountain and the team
is often supported with a Satellite Telephone
and e-mail facilities on extended expeditions at
Base Camp).
•A strong kit bag for UK based clients. A logoed
top will be substituted for all clients residing
outside of the UK, returning clients and
backpacking Treks.
•Adventure Peaks’ Loyalty Card – giving 15%
discount off the R.R.P. off most equipment and
clothing plus other benefits.
What is not included in the price•Costs associated with an expedition finishing
early.
•Costs associated with you leaving an expedition
early.
•Costs associated with extending a trip due to
bad weather or other circumstances.
•Personal climbing clothes and equipment.
•Personal insurance, visas, departure tax and
inoculations.
•Drinks and hotel or guest house meals, unless
specified.
•Personal medical supplies and personal use of
communication equipment.
•Excess baggage.
•Tips and bonuses for porters and local guides.
All inclusiveMost of our non-European trips are given as
‘Inclusive’ so that you can quickly see the total cost
of your trip. We do not generally do ‘Extra Costs or
Local Charges’; if a similar trek or expedition looks
a lot cheaper elsewhere, check the small print.
Kit bag or fleeceKit bags generally get a lot of wear while you are
away. With this in mind, Adventure Peaks offer
a complimentary 90-120 litre kit bag (a smaller
one is provided for certain treks). This will mean
you are more easily identifiable along with your
fellow Adventure Peaks group whilst you travel and
once you arrive at your destination. For returning
or non-UK based clients and some (backpacking)
treks we will provide a piece of logoed clothing.
FoodIn general, food on treks and at Base Camp consists
of local fresh produce that is often supplemented
with supplies from the UK. On the hill there will
be plenty of snack foods such as chocolate, cereal
bars, nuts, etc. At high camps we will generally
use a combination of boil-in-the-bag and freeze
dried food supplemented by cheese, salami or
items found locally. For special interest and to
keep the taste buds going we ask each member to
bring a small ‘luxury’ item to share at some point
with the rest of the group. We are happy to cater
for vegetarians or those with special diets. Please
discuss prior to booking.
Kit HireWe operate an equipment hiring service to all our
clients for which details and costs will be sent
with your booking confirmation. The equipment
is always new or slightly used and of the highest
quality including Rab or Millet down clothing,
Boreal or Scarpa boots, Grivel or DMM hardwear.
AccommodationHotel rooms and other accommodation will be on
a twin room sharing basis. Single rooms, where
possible, will be provided where there is not a
member of the same gender to share with. Single
rooms can be requested at an extra cost. The
accommodation we use can be very varied. Within
one trip you might overnight in a four star hotel, a
mountain lodge, a local yurt or wild camp.
EquipmentWe aim to use the best equipment available
which generally include Terra Nova or Mountain
Hardwear tents, RAB down clothing and Grivel or
DMM climbing gear. On our expeditions to the
higher or more remote peaks we have satellite
phones and on 8000m peaks email facilities,
Gamow Bag and medical oxygen. On some
expeditions you may be required to take out and
return group equipment. You will need to provide
What we provide for Expeditions & TreksImportant flight informationFlight InclusiveMost UK clients choose a UK Flight Inclusive
package which also includes ATOL financial
bonding under our Air Travel Organiser’s License
(ATOL 5882) granted by the Civil Aviation
Authority (CAA). For full information on ATOL
protection please visit www.atol.org.uk ‘UK
Flight Inclusive’ status also includes the support
of our office if you have missed connections,
delays or wish to make a change to a flight.
You will, however, be liable for any extra costs
incurred.
Within the published price of your trip is an
element we have allowed to cover the cost of
flights. This element is stated in good faith and
is based on research and costs in previous years,
but cannot be taken to be an accurate figure for
all departures. It is designed to reflect the price
we expect to pay for economy seats on flights
departing from London (usually the cheapest
departure airport in the UK). The actual price we
pay for flights will vary depending on:
1. Season of travel.
2. Seat availability.
3. Time before departure that seats are booked.
4. Deals we have with various airlines.
Occasionally, flights cost more than was
budgeted. On these instances, the extra cost
incurred will be requested from you. We prefer
to book flights as early as possible to secure the
best possible combination of route, timings and
price. However we cannot commit payment to
flights until:
1. The group has reached its minimum
operational number and therefore...
2. The trip is guaranteed to run.
3. We have sufficient payment from you, our
customer, to cover the flight element in full.
Therefore, at times we may need to request
an extra payment from you before your final
balance is paid if the airline demands such a
payment in order to secure the seat.
If you prefer to travel on a different airline,
flight schedule, ticket class or from a different
UK airport then we will gladly source a suitable
flight for you, as long as it fits with the overall
scheduling of your trip. You will be liable for any
cost above the element we have budgeted for
the flight for your trip, and any extra hotel nights
and transfers that may be required.
If you prefer to book your own flights then your
invoice will be reduced to the Land only price.
Land onlyThe Land only price includes everything except
the cost of the international flights and you are
responsible for making your own way to the
beginning of the expedition which is normally
at the first night’s hotel. If your own flight
arrival and departure times allow you to take
advantage of the group airport transfers then we
can include these at no extra charge.
Book with confidenceAll flight inclusive trips booked with us are ATOL protected, as we hold an Air Travel Organisers
Licence granted by the Civil Aviation Authority. Our ATOL number is 5882. In the unlikely event of
our insolvency, the CAA will ensure that you are not stranded abroad and will arrange to refund any
money you have paid to us for an advance booking. ATOL protection extends primarily to customers
who book and pay in the United Kingdom. For further information, visit the ATOL website at www.
atol.org.uk ‘If it’s not bonded don’t book it!’
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 13
InsuranceIt is vitally important that you have adequate travel
insurance for your trip with Adventure Peaks. We
recognise the complexity and variety of choice in
the insurance market and know that many of you
either have your own preferred insurer or have
annual multi trip cover in place already. If this is
the case, please ensure that your insurer is aware
of your Adventure Peaks itinerary and can agree to
cover the activities being undertaken.
Adventure Peaks do not provide any advice on
travel insurance, although it is a requirement of our
booking conditions that you have travel insurance
which covers the activities which you are likely
to be undertaking on your holiday. Cover must
include emergency medical, helicopter evacuation,
repatriation and rescue expenses.
It is strongly recommended that suitable cancellation insurance is purchased at the timeof booking as all deposits are non-refundable and non-transferable.
Suggested insurance companies include:
Expeditions or Treks:•HCC Medical Insurance Services LLC:
[email protected] Tel: +1-800 605 2282
•Travelex Ins. Services:
www.travelexinsurance.com
Tel: +1-800 228 9792
•Austrian Alpine Club (UK):
www.aacuk.org.uk Tel: +44 (0)1929 556870
•Snowcard:
www.snowcard.co.uk Tel: +44 (0)1295 660836
•The B.M.C.:
www.thebmc.co.uk Tel: +44 (0)161 445 6111
•Dogtag: www.dogtag.co.uk Tel: 0800 036 4824
(UK residents only)
•World Nomads: www.worldnomads.com (up to
6000m)
• Insure for Less: www.insure4less.com.au
(Australians only)
Treks only:•Campbell Irvine: www.campbellirvine.com
Tel: +44 (0)207 938 1737
•Rothwell & Towler: www.world-first.co.uk
Tel: +44 (0)845 908 0161
• J S Insurance: www.jsinsurance.co.uk
Tel: +44 (0)844 848 1500
Christmas DinnerAll past and present clients and their partners or
friends are invited to our Christmas Dinner at the
end of November, a great time to catch up or make
new friends.
Team buildingThe team leader provided by Adventure Peaks will
climb and work with the group to create a team
approach to the expedition, thus allowing greater
flexibility and self-reliance away from direct
guiding. With the strength of our expeditions,
it has always been in our ability to develop such
a team approach. Success and enjoyment is our
main aim, therefore clients need to be good team
members with appropriate experience for their
chosen expedition.
Expedition and Trek LeadersWe invest a great deal in the leadership of our
Expeditions and Treks by providing BOTH a British
leader and local guides where possible! This
combination provides you the opportunity to gain a
good local knowledge from our local guide whilst also
having the backup of our own British leader to ensure
everything runs smoothly and safely. It meets our
commitment to the local economy whilst providing
the opportunity to develop the skills base of local
staff. Ultimately we learn from each other and it is
our way of contributing to responsible tourism. For
group departures with smaller numbers of people
we may just use our local guides. The leader is
responsible for the overall safety of the whole team
during the expedition and will encourage the use of
safe climbing practises during the expedition. They
will ensure that every opportunity is taken to fulfil
the objectives described in the trip’s outline itinerary,
but have the freedom to modify any plans subject to
weather, delays or unforeseen circumstances which
are deemed to be out of the control of Adventure
Peaks. The leader will aim to maintain a good team
spirit and attempt to keep morale high for the whole
group. Wherever possible the leader will keep the
Adventure Peaks office informed of team progress
and any emergency situations that may arise. The
leader will be responsible for overseeing team
harmony and ensuring that outline plans are running
smoothly.
Friendship, enjoyment and group sizes The urge to travel and visit remarkable destinations
is one reason people join us. The opportunity to
travel with like-minded people is also important.
You’re likely to form good, often life-long,
friendships. This can start with our Weekend Meets
and afterwards the same weekends can act as a
lasting link. We have a maximum group size of
12 (normally 8). This is small enough for a sense
of camaraderie and fun to develop within the
group and allows us to provide a first class service.
It should be just like travelling with a group of
friends. Around half our clients are single travellers,
whilst others are either couples or groups of
friends. There is usually a good balance of ages and
mixes between male and female walkers.
Expedition and Trek Info
Pre-Expedition weekend MeetsOur programme of weekend training meets is unique to Adventure Peaks as we invite all clients from all expeditions and treks to each month’s meet, not just one specified weekend for a particular trip. These weekends provide you with the opportunity to meet us and some of your fellow expedition/trek members, as well as others from other trips. They will allow you the opportunity to ask questions, gather information, see photos/slides and check your equipment needs, as well as having a good day on the hill.
We hold the weekend meets in Scotland during January, February and March to allow winter walking and climbing. For the rest of the year they are held in the Lake District. (A full list of dates and venues will be sent on booking).
all your own personal mountaineering equipment
for which a list is sent on booking.
TransportWe use many different forms of transport on our
trips: from minibuses to 4WD vehicles, local buses
to trains, ferries, even elephants, donkeys, camels
and yaks. Please be aware that whilst we aim to
ensure safety of such transport it may not be up to
European standards and seat belts are not always
available.
Equipment DiscountOn receiving your completed booking form we will
issue you with a Loyalty Card which will entitle you
to 10% off our Climbing Wall entry plus 15% off
major brands of clothing and equipment (excluding
sale items, books, electrical items) from our very
own shop. Call us, or visit us online and we will be
happy to post your items (postage charges apply).
You can visit the shop in the centre of Ambleside.
Passport and VisasFor many of the countries we visit you will require
an entry visa. Requirements for UK passport
holders are supplied in your Final Letter but it is
your responsibility to obtain an appropriate visa. A
full passport valid for at least six months beyond
the return date of the trip is usually required. Non
UK based passport holders should consult their
appropriate embassies.
Responsible tourismWe are aware that we have a responsibility to each
place we visit and that our trips have an impact
on the people, their local community and the
environment.
We use a British leader (dependent on group size)
who works in conjunction with local staff. We
provide the technical and safety expertise and the
local people provide the local knowledge. We learn
from each other and regularly provide technical
training.
We organise expeditions and treks to have minimal
impact on the environment - we operate on small
groups (max 12), discourage the use of wood for
fuel, avoid polluting water, remove all litter and
where possible and practical, human waste.
We buy many items from the local community,
provided the quality is of an acceptable level, for
example food, snacks and base camp equipment.
Want to take a group of your students away on a life-changing adventure?
We would be delighted to get involved with your school to arrange an
exciting overseas trip for you.
Our favourite goals are mountain summits – your goal may be less
ambitious but can still provide a rewarding challenge for a group of
youngsters. We can help you, and them, to achieve it.
Our schools department is headed by Mike Wynne who has over 30 years
of experience in planning, organizing and leading overseas expeditions for
schools. Mike would be delighted to discuss any plans or ideas you may
have for an overseas school or youth group expedition. We offer a totally
flexible service, aiming to provide a ‘trip of a lifetime’ to adventurous young
people.
Some of our more popular tried and tested destinations include:
•TheMoroccanSahara
•MountToubkal,Morocco
•KhanTengriBaseCamp,TienShan,Kyrgyzstan
•PtLenana,MountKenya
•TheMarkhaValley,Ladakh,NorthernIndia
… BUT we would be delighted to tailor a trip to your requirements to any of
the destinations in our brochure.
Some comments from our travellers:
“It was so amazing I don’t want to go home”“Adventure Peaks have been fantastic to travel and work with. The leader made my job as a teacher easier and the pupils have all gained a great deal from the trip”“Hard to pick a single best moment – it all was great”“A fantastic trip with a fantastic leader”For more information contact Mike at [email protected]
Pho
tos: M
ike Wyn
ne
Pho
to: N
atalie Wilso
n
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 14
Adventure Schools - Worldwide
Pho
to: N
atalie Wilso
n
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 15
Courses
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 15
Scottish
Win
ter Pho
to: Zac Po
ulto
n
Cou
rses
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 16
Summer Expedition Skills2 mountain days +1 night campingOur summer training weekends are a great way to prepare for a trek or
expedition. Camping based but with no back-packing these courses help you
get organized with expert advice on: gear, packing light, tea houses or alpine
huts, camping and living in a tent, using stoves, understanding routines on
trips. Our leaders have experience of multiple expeditions and treks around
the world. Combined with a mountain walk and a classic Lake District
scramble. Tents and specialist equipment provided.
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Sat 09 May Sun 10 May 15 £125 Sat 10 Oct Sun 11 Oct 15 £125
Sat 08 Aug Sun 09 Aug 15 £125 Sat 26 Mar Sun 27 Mar 16 £125
Wild Camping Journeys2 mountain days +2 nights campingA different journey each weekend and a great way to prepare for an expedition or
self supported trek. Wild Camping is about getting away from it all . . . so let us take
you to some of the best wild spots in the Lake District. Spend 2 days back-packing
(approx. 12kg to be carried) across the mountains, with a wild camp beside a
mountain high tarn, and watch the sunset and sunrise across the surrounding
mountain summits. Tents and specialist equipment provided. Night 1 is at a
camp site.
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Fri 19 Jun Sun 21 Jun 15 £150 Fri 14 Aug Sun 16 Aug 15 £150
Fri 31 Jul Sun 02 Aug 15 £150 Fri 18 Sep Sun 20 Sep 15 £150
Expedition training
Lake District Guided Walks
2
37
81
9
12
13
Adventure Peaks have a year round programme of daily professionally led Guided Walks in the Lake District aimed at walkers who would like to explore the Lake District fells under our expert guidance.
Our Walks are graded from easy to hard. We can provide transport from our base in the centre of Ambleside. You can join as an individual, a couple, a family or a group. Expedition or Trek members may also join our Guided Walks for valuable fitness training.All Guided Walks cost just £30 per person per day. Please referto our website for further details, the schedule and to book your place
on a walk.www.amblesideadventure.co.uk
The demands of an expedition can sometimes be difficult to assess both in terms of fitness, strength and underlying skills. These courses provide an excellent
opportunity to train and gain the confidence to be more self-sufficient in the mountains whilst camping. It allows you to minimalise the equipment you will
need and the weight to be carried; all-important ingredients to your success on your expedition. Winter based training/camping courses are also available please
see page 23
Imag
ery ©2
01
3 TerraM
etrics, Map
data ©
20
13
Go
og
le
Cou
rses
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 17
Navigation CoursesBackground informationAdventure Peaks is located in Ambleside making
it an ideal base for you to explore and enjoy the
Lake District whilst developing essential skills.
AccommodationCourses are offered on a non-residential or bed and breakfast basis. For
residential courses, the accommodation is booked from the night of your
arrival, with instruction starting the following morning. Single room
supplements will apply.
InstructionCourse activities start from our Ambleside shop at 9.15am, finishing around
5pm except on the final day when you will finish around 4pm to take account
of onward travel. Please come prepared with appropriate equipment for all
types of weather plus a packed lunch. A full information sheet and equipment
list is provided on booking.
Introduction to NavigationIntroductory level | 2 hill days | Guide ratio 1:6NNAS Certificates available upon completion
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Sat 02 May Sun 03 May 15 £95 Sat 08 Aug Sun 09 Aug 15 £95
Sat 13 Jun Sun 14 Jun 15 £95 Sat 19 Sep Sun 20 Sep 15 £95
Sat 18 Jul Sun 19 Jul 15 £95 Sat 17 Oct Sun 18 Oct 15 £95
Accommodation from £40 per night
Improve your NavigationIntermediate level | 2 hill days | Guide ratio 1:6NNAS Certificates available upon completion
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Sat 09 May Sun 10 May 15 £95 Sat 15 Aug Sun 16 Aug 15 £95
Sat 20 Jun Sun 21 Jun 15 £95 Sat 26 Sep Sun 27 Sep 15 £95
Sat 25 Jul Sun 26 Jul 15 £95 Sat 24 Oct Sun 25 Oct 15 £95
Accommodation from £40 per nightLake District Guided Walks 1. Blencathra & Sharp Edge
2. Bowfell & Esk Pike
3. Great Gable
4. Helvellyn and Striding Edge
5. High Raise
6. Loughrigg Fell
7. Scafell Pike
8. Skiddaw
9. The Coledale Horseshoe
10. The Fairfield Horseshoe
11. The Kentmere Horseshoe
12. The Langdale Pikes
13. The Old Man of Coniston
14. Wansfell Pike
5
6
10 11
4
14
Cou
rses
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 18
Bob Graham
Challenge
The National 3 PeaksThe Classic 24 hour challenge to climb the highest mountains in Scotland,
England and Wales, these being: Ben Nevis (Scotland) 1344m, Scafell Pike
(England) 978m, Snowdon (Wales) 1085m. We start with Ben Nevis, for our
late afternoon ascent. Winter option available on page 23.
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Sat 16 May Sun 17 May 15 £225 Sat 25 Jul Sun 26 Jul 15 £225
Sat 27 Jun Sun 28 Jun 15 £225 Sat 22 Aug Sun 23 Aug 15 £225
Lakes 3000’s ChallengeThe Lake District has four mountains which are over 3000 foot in height, and
these can be combined into a challenging walking event generally known
as the Lake District 3000 Footers. You can choose to complete the challenge
as a one day (16hr) or two day (2 x 8hr) event depending on your ability and
previous mountain walking experience.
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
1 mountain day 2 mountain days +1 B&B
Sat 30 May Sat 30 May 15 £95 Sat 18 Jul Sun 19 Jul 15 £195
Sat 20 Jun Sat 20 Jun 15 £95 Sat 08 Aug Sun 09 Aug 15 £195
Challenge EventsJoin one or our scheduled departures or come to us with your own private group for any of the challenges we offer below. Leave all the planning and logistics to
our experienced team and you can then concentrate on your own fitness preparation, fundraising and the challenge itself.
NATIONAL3 PEAKS
Ben Nevis 4,409 ft
Scafell Pike 3,209 ftSnowdon 3,560 ft
Lakes 3000’s
Bob Graham ChallengeThis classic Lake District Mountain Challenge is based on the route taken by the famous fell runner Bob Graham back
in 1932. The 66-mile, 27,000ft circuit takes you over 42 of the highest peaks in the Lake District. The challenge for the
ultra distance fell runner is to complete the journey within 24 hrs. We offer it as a guided 3 or 5 day challenge! The
route provides an iconic circuit of the Lake District fells.
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
3 mounatain days +2 B&B 5 mounatain days +4 B&B
Sat 02 May Mon 04 May 15 £325 Sat 23 May Wed 27 May 15 £495
Sat 27 Jun Mon 29 Jun 15 £325 Sat 15 Aug Wed 19 Aug 15 £495
Sequence Location Sequence Location
1 Skiddaw 22 Pike O' Stickle
2 Great Calva 23 Rossett Pike
3 Blencathra 24 Bowfell
4 Clough Head 25 Esk Pike
5 Great Dodd 26 Great End
6 Watson's Dodd 27 Ill Crag
7 Stybarrow Dodd 28 Broad Crag
8 Raise 29 Scafell Pike
9 White Side 30 Scafell
10 Lowerman 31 Yewbarrow
11 Helvellyn 32 Red Pike
12 Nethermost Pike 33 Steeple
13 Dollywagon Pike 34 Pillar
14 Fairfield 35 Kirk Fell
15 Seat Sandal 36 Great Gable
16 Steel Fell 37 Green Gable
17 Calf Crag 38 Brandreth
18 High Raise 39 Grey Knotts
19 Sergeant Man 40 Dale Head
20 Thunacar Knott 41 Hindscarth
21 Harrison Stickle 42 Robinson
Great Calva
Skiddaw
Keswick
Robinson
Rosthwaite
Great Gable
Steeple
Yewbarrow
ScafellBowfell
Old Dungeon Ghyll
Harrison StickleGrasmere
Fairfield
Helvellyn
Raise
Great Dodd
Clough Head
Threlkeld
Blencathra
Dollywaggon Pike
Cou
rses
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 19
Bob Graham
Challenge Introduction to ScramblingIntroductory level | 2 hill days | Guide ratio 1:3Our introductory Courses offer the summer hill walker a chance to climb some
of the classic scrambling routes and ridges in the Lake District. We’ll instruct you
in the skills needed to enable you to move quickly, confidently and safely over
steep and rocky ground, plus the basic rope work & route choice skills to become
self-sufficient. This Course normally covers Grade 1-2 scrambles. You should have
experience of 3 season hill walking, a good head for heights & steeper terrain and
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Sat 02 May Sun 03 May 15 £160 Sat 25 Jul Sun 26 Jul 15 £160
Sat 06 Jun Sun 07 Jun 15 £160 Sat 08 Aug Sun 09 Aug 15 £160
Accommodation from £40 per night
Advanced ScramblingAdvanced level | 2 mountain days | Guide ratio 1:3A progression to the higher grade scrambles, looking at the advanced
movement and rope/belaying skills needed for the safe ascent and descent
of Grade 2 and 3 scrambles. The routes covered are slightly more complex
and may need further rope work to secure the team. You should have some
scrambling experience to Grade 1, a good level of fitness and be comfortable
moving on steep and rocky ground
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Sat 09 May Sun 10 May 15 £160 Sat 01 Aug Sun 02 Aug 15 £160
Sat 13 Jun Sun 14 Jun 15 £160 Sat 15 Aug Sun 16 Aug 15 £160
Accommodation from £40 per night
Scrambling courses
Cou
rses
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 20
The Skye Cuillin TraverseIntermediate level | 3 mountain days | Guide ratio 1:3This is the ultimate scramble and Britain’s finest mountaineering expedition;
the complete traverse of the Cuillin Ridge in a two day journey. The journey
will be attempted after an initial days training and preparation. If the weather
is poor we will aim to do the best of the ridge on separate days. An extra poor
weather day is included. You should be a confident scrambler and have a high
level of fitness.
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Sat 16 May Tue 19 May 15 £360 Wed 20 May Sat 23 May 15 £360
Accommodation from £45 per night
Skye SummitsIntroductory level | 4 mountain days | Guide ratio 1:3This is an opportunity to complete a large number (if not all) of Skye’s mighty
Munros. Ideal for those with a little less confidence to tackle them in one full
traverse, instead we give four mountain days.
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Fri 22 May Tue 26 May 15 £475 Tue 26 May Sat 30 May 15 £475
Accommodation from £45 per night
Skye
Pho
tos: D
ave Pritt
Cou
rses
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 21
AccommodationCourses are offered on a non-residential or bed and breakfast basis. For
residential Courses, the accommodation is booked from the night of your
arrival, with instruction starting the following morning. Single room
supplement will apply.
InstructionCourse activities start from our Ambleside shop at 9.15am, finishing around
5pm except on the final day when you will finish around 4pm to take account
of onward travel. Please come prepared with appropriate equipment for all
types of weather plus a packed lunch. A full information sheet and equipment
list is provided on booking.
Alternative datesWe can normally run all Courses on alternative dates on request when booked
at least 4 weeks in advance.
Rock Climbing IntroductionIntroductory level | 2 climbing days | Guide ratio 1:4This Course is aimed at anyone who wants to learn how to rock climb. It
will help you learn the basics of rope work, understand the correct use of
equipment and develop your climbing technique under the watchful eye of
our expert instructors.
The Course will aim to cover the following, depending on the specific
requirements of the clients:
•Singlepitchclimbing •Basicropework
•Belaytechniques •Removalofprotection
•Useofguidebooks •Coachingofmovement
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Sat 02 May Sun 03 May 15 £150 Sat 25 Jul Sun 26 Jul 15 £150
Sat 06 Jun Sun 07 Jun 15 £150 Sat 08 Aug Sun 09 Aug 15 £150
Sat 11 Jul Sun 12 Jul 15 £150 Sat 22 Aug Sun 23 Aug 15 £150
Accommodation from £40 per night
Rock Climbing ImproversIntermediate level | 2 climbing days | Guide ratio 1:2This Course is for those who have already done some rock climbing and want
to take things further. You should be familiar with basic rope work and be able
to belay.
The course will include some of the following:
•Multi-pitchclimbing •Buildingbelays
•Runnerplacements •Usingdoubleropes
•Preparationsforleading •Improvisedrescue
•Coaching of movement
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Sat 09 May Sun 10 May 15 £185 Sun 02 Aug Mon 03 Aug 15 £185
Sat 13 Jun Sun 14 Jun 15 £185 Sat 15 Aug Sun 16 Aug 15 £185
Sat 18 Jul Sun 19 Jul 15 £185 Sat 05 Sep Sun 06 Sep 15 £185
Accommodation from £40 per night
Pho
tos: D
ave Pritt
Rock Climbing Courses
Cou
rses
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 22
Background informationOur Scottish Winter Courses will provide you with the skills to venture into
the mountains in winter conditions with more confidence, join an expedition
or a more advanced course. Course activities normally start at 9am, finishing
around 5pm except on the final day when you will finish around 4pm to take
account of onward travel.
LocationThe Glencoe hills and Ben Nevis (Fort William) provide some of the best winter
walking and climbing conditions in Britain suitable for the beginner and the
expert alike. It is the perfect training ground for mountaineering in the Alps or
the Greater Ranges.
Getting thereOnly a short flight from London and the South of England to Glasgow
International Airport, followed by a 2.5 hour drive or a connection by coach or
train. You can go by train all the way via Glasgow to Fort William.
AccommodationWe use either the Loch Leven Hotel or the Onich Hotel, both conveniently
situated half way between Glencoe and Ben Nevis. They provide everything
you need to relax after a hard day on the hill; large en-suite rooms,
comfortable bar, restaurant and high quality food.
Accommodation is booked from the night of your arrival, with instruction
starting the following morning. Check out is normally on the morning of your
final day unless you have booked an additional night. This is booked on a twin
or double room basis; however single rooms will be provided where there is
not a member of the same sex to share with. Single rooms can be requested
at an extra cost.
Our price includes all meals (breakfast, packed lunch and a three course
evening meal), starting with breakfast on your first morning, through to
packed lunch on the day of your departure. Bar meals can be purchased until
8.30pm for those wishing to eat at the hotel on the day of arrival.
EquipmentA full information sheet and equipment list is provided on booking. Technical
equipment and boots can be hired through Adventure Peaks.
Scottish Winter Walking SkillsIntroductory level | 2 mountain days | Guide ratio 1:6 An ideal Course for hill walkers who want to learn the essential skills needed
to enjoy winter walking. A good level of hill walking fitness required.
The course will cover:
•Basic snow craft, use of ice axe and crampons, ice axe arrest
•Ascent of some classic Munro Ridges.
•Winter mountain navigation and route planning.
•Winter weather and avalanche avoidance.
•Emergency shelters
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Fri 09 Jan Sun 11 Jan 15 £295 Fri 20 Feb Sun 22 Feb 15 £295
Fri 23 Jan Sun 25 Jan 15 £295 Fri 06 Mar Sun 08 Mar 15 £295
Fri 06 Feb Sun 08 Feb 15 £295 Fri 20 Mar Sun 22 Mar 15 £295
Scottish Winter Skills Courses
See Win
ter
Mounta
ineerin
g
in M
orocc
o page 6
5
Pho
tos: Zac Po
ulto
n
Cou
rses
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 23
Ben Nevis in WinterIntroductory level | 3 mountain days | Guide ratio 1:6 A winter ascent of Ben Nevis 1344m is a challenging undertaking not to
be compared to a summer ascent. This Course is designed to give you the
necessary winter skills training to allow a safe ascent of the UK’s highest
mountain in winter conditions! Two days are available for the ascent of Ben
Nevis, If you are lucky with the weather then the views from the summit are
stunning.
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Fri 02 Jan Mon 05 Jan 15 £395 Fri 27 Feb Mon 02 Mar 15 £395
Fri 16 Jan Mon 19 Jan 15 £395 Fri 13 Mar Mon 16 Mar 15 £395
Fri 30 Jan Mon 02 Feb 15 £395 Fri 27 Mar Mon 30 Mar 15 £395
Fri 13 Feb Mon 16 Feb 15 £395
Scottish Guided Winter WalkingIntroductory level | 3 or 5 mountain days | Guide ratio 1:6 A continuation of the Winter Walking Skills Course. Aimed at those who have
already gained the essential skills and simply want to enjoy walking in the
winter hills under our expert guidance whilst consolidating their experience
without the need to move onto steeper climbing terrain. A good level of
fitness and confidence in the use of ice axe and crampons is required.
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
3 mountain days 5 mountain days
Fri 02 Jan Mon 05 Jan 15 £360 Sun 04 Jan Fri 09 Jan 15 £595
Fri 09 Jan Mon 12 Jan 15 £360 Sun 25 Jan Fri 30 Jan 15 £595
Fri 06 Feb Mon 09 Feb 15 £360 Sun 15 Feb Fri 20 Feb 15 £595
Fri 13 Feb Mon 16 Feb 15 £360 Sun 22 Feb Fri 27 Feb 15 £595
Fri 06 Mar Mon 09 Mar 15 £360 Sun 15 Mar Fri 20 Mar 15 £595
Fri 13 Mar Mon 16 Mar 15 £360 Sun 22 Mar Fri 27 Mar 15 £595
Winter 3 Peaks ChallengeIntroductory level | 2 or 3 mountain days | Guide ratio 1:6 This is an alternative guided winter version of the 3-Peaks Challenge; Ben
Nevis, Scafell Pike and Snowdon. The challenge in winter is much tougher but
escapes the summer crowds and provides some spectacular winter views. If
you don’t already have ice axe and crampons skills you will need to attend a
pre challenge-training day on the Friday.
The challenge can be completed in two ways:1. The traditional challenge with a twist; to stand on top of all 3 peaks within
24 hours.
(1 night B&B, Specialist Equipment, Guiding & Transport)
2. Take your time to enjoy the outstanding winter views and complete your
winter ascent of the 3 peaks over 3 days.
(3 nights B&B, Specialist Equipment, Guiding & Transport)
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
2 mountain days 3 mountain days
Fri 02 Jan Sun 04 Jan 15 £495 Fri 16 Jan Mon 19 Jan 15 £795
Fri 30 Jan Sun 01 Feb 15 £495 Fri 13 Feb Mon 16 Feb 15 £795
Fri 27 Feb Sun 01 Mar 15 £495 Fri 06 Mar Mon 09 Mar 15 £795
Fri 13 Mar Sun 15 Mar 15 £495 Fri 27 Mar Mon 30 Mar 15 £795
Winter Expedition SkillsIntroductory level | 3 mountain days | Guide ratio 1:6 Camping based, these winter expedition-training courses are a great way to
prepare for Himalayan and high altitude expeditions. Alongside ascending
a number of summits the course will gives you a full range of skills training:
crampons and ice axe, packing light, camping in snow, using fixed lines, snow
holes and much more. Our leaders have experience of multiple expeditions
around the world. Tents and specialist equipment provided. On two of the
days you should be prepared to carry 20kg for 2-3 hours per day.
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Fri 09 Jan Mon 12 Jan 15 £325 Sun 08 Feb Wed 11 Feb 15 £325
Sun 25 Jan Wed 28 Jan 15 £325 Fri 27 Feb Mon 02 Mar 15 £325
Fri 30 Jan Mon 02 Feb 15 £325 Sun 22 Mar Wed 25 Mar 15 £325
Winter Wild Camping JourneysIntroductory level | 3 mountain days | Guide ratio 1:6 A different journey on each date, this is a great way to train and prepare
for a Himalayan or high altitude expedition. Less skills training and more
journeying, you should be prepared to carry 20kg for up to six hours per day as
we complete a wild mountain journey across the Scottish Winter Peaks. Our
leaders have experience of multiple expeditions around the world. Tents and
specialist equipment provided.
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Fri 16 Jan Mon 19 Jan 15 £325 Sun 15 Feb Wed 18 Feb 15 £325
Sun 01 Feb Wed 04 Feb 15 £325 Fri 06 Mar Mon 09 Mar 15 £325
Fri 06 Feb Mon 09 Feb 15 £325 Sun 29 Mar Wed 01 Apr 15 £325
Pho
tos: Zac Po
ulto
n
Cou
rses
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 24
Scottish Winter MountaineeringIntroductory level | 2 mountain days - £350 | 5 mountain days - £750 Guide ratio 1:4 for 2 days and then 1:2 for 3 daysThis Course is ideal for the keen hill walker and scrambler who wants to
progress and learn the essential skills of winter mountaineering. It differs
from our Winter Walking Courses in that there is an emphasis on progression
towards steeper ground and the use of ropes to ascend some classic grade l/
ll gullies and ridges towards the end of the Course. A good level of fitness and
the enjoyment of exposed ridges & roped climbing experience is useful but
not essential.
The course will cover:
•Use of ice axe and crampons
•Simple rope work and belaying
•Snow & ice climbing skills and classic grade l/ll gullies and ridges.
•Winter mountain navigation and route planning
•Winter weather and avalanche avoidance
Introduction to Snow and IceClimbing
Intermediate level | 2 mountain days - £395 | 5 mountain days - £795 Guide ratio 1:3 for 2 days and then 1:2 for 2 days Aimed at those who already have basic winter mountaineering skills and
want to climb snow and ice grades I - III. Some previous rock climbing
experience is advised.
Improvers Snow and IceClimbing
Advanced level | 2 mountain days - £425 | 5 mountain days - £875 Guide ratio 1:2 Aimed at those with previous Winter climbing experience who want to
improve their skills, learn to lead or push their grade (III-V).
The course will cover:
•Snow belays, Rock and Ice anchors
•Multi-pitch climbing
•Route choice and avalanche avoidance
•Movement and technique
•Throughout the course we will aim to ascend some of Scotland’s classic
routes.
Scottish Winter Climbing Courses
Start Date End Date Start Date End Date
2 mountain days 5 mountain days
Fri 02 Jan Sun 04 Jan 15 Sun 04 Jan Fri 09 Jan 15
Fri 09 Jan Sun 11 Jan 15 Sun 11 Jan Fri 16 Jan 15
Fri 16 Jan Sun 18 Jan 15 Sun 18 Jan Fri 23 Jan 15
Fri 23 Jan Sun 25 Jan 15 Sun 25 Jan Fri 30 Jan 15
Fri 30 Jan Sun 01 Feb 15 Sun 01 Feb Fri 06 Feb 15
Fri 06 Feb Sun 08 Feb 15 Sun 08 Feb Fri 13 Feb 15
Fri 13 Feb Sun 15 Feb 15 Sun 15 Feb Fri 20 Feb 15
Fri 20 Feb Sun 22 Feb 15 Sun 22 Feb Fri 27 Feb 15
Fri 27 Feb Sun 01 Mar 15 Sun 01 Mar Fri 06 Mar 15
Fri 06 Mar Sun 08 Mar 15 Sun 08 Mar Fri 13 Mar 15
Fri 13 Mar Sun 15 Mar 15 Sun 15 Mar Fri 20 Mar 15
Fri 20 Mar Sun 22 Mar 15 Sun 22 Mar Fri 27 Mar 15
Fri 27 Mar Sun 29 Mar 15
Scottish Winter Climbing CoursesPh
oto
: Zac Pou
lton
Pho
to: D
ave Fisher
Cou
rses
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 25
Background informationOur Alpine Courses will provide you with the skills to travel beyond the British
mountains, learn Alpine skills and gain confidence to join an expedition or
book a more advanced Course.
Getting therePrices exclude flights but relatively cheap flights are available to Geneva
from where buses, trains, taxis and private transfers run regular services to
Chamonix, Arolla and Saas Fee.
AccommodationValley accommodation is booked from the night of your arrival, with guiding
starting the following morning. Check out is normally the morning after your
Course finishes. This is booked on a twin or double room basis; however single
rooms will be provided where there is not a member of the same sex to share
with. Single rooms can be requested at an extra cost. Additional nights in
valley hotels can be booked through Adventure Peaks at a preferential rate.
When in the mountains, we use Alpine huts where rooms are normally on a
dormitory style basis.
INCLUSIONSOur price includes instruction/guiding, Guides expenses, hut accommodation
(half board) and valley accommodation on a bed and breakfast basis.
EXCLUSIONSTransport to Course venue, insurance, all lunches and valley evening meals,
telepheriques, transport during the Course and personal equipment.
EquipmentA full information sheet and equipment list is provided on booking. Technical
equipment and boots can be hired from Adventure Peaks.
Classic Haute RouteFrance/Switzerland | Introductory level | 9 Mountain Days Guide ratio 1:6 and 1:3Classed as one of the world’s greatest mountain journeys, the Classic Haute
Route is a challenging, linear, high altitude trek that links two of Europe’s
most famous mountains, Mont Blanc and the Matterhorn. It involves crossing
numerous glaciers (training given) and ascending many high passes but the
rewards are absolutely stunning and a journey to be remembered. You will be
able to claim two summits, the Pigne d’Arolla and the Tête Blanche. Overnight
stops will be in Alpine refuges.
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Sat 27 Jun Tue 07 Jul 15 £1,850 Sat 08 Aug Tue 18 Aug 15 £1,850
Sat 25 Jul Tue 04 Aug 15 £1,850
Gran ParadisoItaly | Introductory level | 6 Mountain Days | Guide ratio 1:4The Gran Paradiso provides a great introduction to Alpine Mountaineering
and your first 4000m peak. The ascent is an easy snow climb in the stunning
Italian Alps. You will be introduced to Alpine refuges, Ice axe and crampons
and ascend two lower 3000m+ summits during the acclimatisation period.
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Sat 27 Jun Sat 04 Jul 15 £1,525 Sat 25 Jul Sat 01 Aug 15 £1,525
Sat 11 Jul Sat 18 Jul 15 £1,525 Sat 15 Aug Sat 22 Aug 15 £1,525
Alpine Courses
Cou
rses
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 26
Alpine Training - ArollaArolla - Switzerland | Introductory level | 6 Mountain Days | Guide ratio 1:3This Course is aimed at regular hill walkers who want to broaden their
experience to include glacial regions of the Alps as well as those considering
trips to the Greater Ranges. Our base is in the Swiss Alpine village of Arolla,
which provides some of the best introductory mountains in the Alps. They
have everything to offer close at hand: rock, glaciers, ice, brilliant scenery and
peaks such as: La Luette (3548m), the Pigne d’Arolla (3796m) and L’Eveque
(3716m). The Course will focus on teaching the key skills required for safe
and successful mountaineering in Alpine areas and will provide an excellent
foundation for further Alpine Courses and many of our expeditions. The skills
taught through mountain days include: glacial travel, crevasse rescue, roping-
up, ice axe & crampon technique and movement in alpine terrain.
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Sat 13 Jun Sat 20 Jun 15 £1,525 Sat 25 Jul Sat 01 Aug 15 £1,525
Sat 11 Jul Sat 18 Jul 15 £1,525 Sat 08 Aug Sat 15 Aug 15 £1,525
Extend your stay for our Mont Blanc Extension
Saas Fee 4000m PeaksSwitzerland | Intermediate level | 6 Mountain Days | Guide ratio 1:3The wonderful village of Saas Fee is perfectly situated amongst some great
4000m peaks making it an ideal base for a high Alpine mountaineering week.
We will climb no fewer than four Alpine 4000m peaks, weather dependant
of course, including the Strahlhorn 4190m, Allallinhorn 4027m, Weissmies
4023m and the classic Lagginhorn 4010m. All combine to give superb views
across to Mont Blanc, the Monta Rosa and the Bernese Oberland - the home of
the Eiger and Jungfrau. We aim to stay high in the Alpine huts throughout the
course. Suitable for novice Alpinists with some Winter walking experience.
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Sat 27 Jun Sat 04 Jul 15 £1,625 Sat 25 Jul Sat 01 Aug 15 £1,625
Sat 11 Jul Sat 18 Jul 15 £1,625 Sat 15 Aug Sat 22 Aug 15 £1,625
Extend your stay for our Mont Blanc Extension
Alpine Courses
Alpine Training - ChamonixChamonix, France | Introductory level | 6 Mountain Days | Guide ratio 1:2This is a good Course for the fit mountain walker/scrambler who wants to
develop the skills to travel beyond the British mountains. You will be given
instruction by our professional guides on the use of crampons and ice axe,
glacial movement and crevasse rescue, rope work and the use of Alpine
mountain huts. You will tackle a number of stunning Alpine summits such as
the Tête Blanche (3429m), Aiguille du Crochues, Aiguille du Tour (3554m),
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Sat 20 Jun Sat 27 Jun 15 £1,675 Sat 18 Jul Sat 25 Jul 15 £1,675
Sat 04 Jul Sat 11 Jul 15 £1,675 Sat 15 Aug Sat 22 Aug 15 £1,675
Extend your stay for our Mont Blanc Extension
Mont Blanc ExtensionFrance | Intermediate level | 3 Mountain Days | Guide ratio 1:2This extension is for those who have completed an Alpine introductory/
training Course and would like to extend their stay to attempt Mont Blanc,
Western Europe’s highest mountain. This will extend your stay by four days.
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Sat 20 Jun Wed 24 Jun 15 £975 Sat 25 Jul Wed 29 Jul 15 £975
Sat 27 Jun Wed 01 Jul 15 £975 Sat 01 Aug Wed 05 Aug 15 £975
Sat 11 Jul Wed 15 Jul 15 £975 Sat 15 Aug Wed 19 Aug 15 £975
Sat 18 Jul Wed 22 Jul 15 £975 Sat 22 Aug Wed 26 Aug 15 £975
Cou
rses
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 27
Mont Blanc SummitFrance | Intermediate level | 6 Mountain Days | Guide ratio 1:4 and 1:2This Course will recap on essential skills whilst undertaking a careful
programme of acclimatisation. It will take in two peaks from Aiguille Rouge
(2800m), Petit Fourche (3520m) and Aiguille du Tour (3554m) thus giving
you the best possible chance of a successful ascent of Mont Blanc. We offer
a choice of either the classic route to Mont Blanc’s summit via the Dome de
Goûter or the traverse of the North-East Ridge via Mont Maudit and Mont
Blanc du Tacul. Should adverse weather conditions be experienced alternative
peaks will be attempted.
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Sat 20 Jun Sat 27 Jun 15 £1,975 Sat 01 Aug Sat 08 Aug 15 £1,975
Sat 27 Jun Sat 04 Jul 15 £1,975 Sat 08 Aug Sat 15 Aug 15 £1,975
Sat 04 Jul Sat 11 Jul 15 £1,975 Sat 15 Aug Sat 22 Aug 15 £1,975
Sat 11 Jul Sat 18 Jul 15 £1,975 Sat 22 Aug Sat 29 Aug 15 £1,975
Sat 18 Jul Sat 25 Jul 15 £1,975 Sat 29 Aug Sat 05 Sep 15 £1,975
Sat 25 Jul Sat 01 Aug 15 £1,975
Peaks of ZermattSwitzerland | Intermediate level | 6 Mountain Days | Guide ratio 1:2One of our most intensive Alpine weeks which gives the experienced
mountaineer the opportunity to summit nine spectacular Alpine peaks
over 4000m. This Course is ideal for those who have completed an Alpine
introductory week or have previous Alpine experience. We will aim to summit:
Breithorn (4164m), Castor (4221m), Naso (4272m), Corno Nero (4322m),
Balmhorn (4167m), Vincent Pyramide (4215m), Ludwigshoehe (4341m),
Parrospitze (4432m), Punta Gnifetti (4554m).
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Sat 27 Jun Sat 04 Jul 15 £1,850 Sat 25 Jul Sat 01 Aug 15 £1,850
Extend your stay for our Mont Blanc Extension
Bernese Oberland 4000m PeaksSwitzerland | Intermediate level | 6 Mountain Days | Guide ratio 1:2The Course provides a magnificent week of Alpine mountaineering in the
shadow of the Eiger and its great North Face. We aim to climb the Mönch, the
Jungfrau, the Findsteraarhorn and possibly the Gross Grünhorn (all 4000m+).
Throughout the week you will stay as high as possible using some of the
excellent mountain huts in this region.
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Sat 13 Jun Sat 20 Jun 15 £1,950 Sat 18 Jul Sat 25 Jul 15 £1,950
Sat 20 Jun Sat 27 Jun 15 £1,950 Sat 15 Aug Sat 22 Aug 15 £1,950
Extend your stay for our Mont Blanc Extension
Alp
s Ch
amo
nix in
tro V
iew o
f the g
lacier from
the A
lbert Prem
ier Hu
t Pho
to
Cou
rses
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 28
The Alpine Big ThreeAdvanced Level | 12 Mountain Days | Guide ratio 1:2 and 1:1When you think of the Alps everyone’s dream is to climb the big three; the
Eiger, the Matterhorn and Mont Blanc. We have combined these and more
into a two week adventure. This Course is ideal for those with some previous
Alpine and Rock Climbing experience. If you have no previous mountaineering
experience, we recommend that you join one of our Alpine Introductory
Courses before attempting this challenge.
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Sat 04 Jul Sat 18 Jul 15 £3,750 Sat 25 Jul Sat 08 Aug 15 £3,750
Zermatt 4000m PeaksSwitzerland | Intermediate level | 6 Mountain Days | Guide ratio 1:2The attractive resort of Zermatt nestles amongst many of the largest, most
impressive mountains in the Alps including the Matterhorn. It provides an
ideal base from which to tackle a variety of popular 4000m peaks. Throughout
the week you will stay as high up as possible using some of the excellent
mountain huts in this area. The Course will be progressive, allowing time for
acclimatisation before attempting the ascent of the Monta Rosa, Switzerland’s
highest peaks and the second highest in the Alps alongside peaks such as
Castor, Pollux and the Breithorn.
Start Date End Date Price Start Date End Date Price
Sat 11 Jul Sat 18 Jul 15 £1,850 Sat 08 Aug Sat 15 Aug 15 £1,850
Sat 25 Jul Sat 01 Aug 15 £1,850 Sat 22 Aug Sat 29 Aug 15 £1,850
Extend your stay for our Mont Blanc Extension
Alpine Courses
Cou
rses
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 29 Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www. adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 29 29
Expeditions
Tien Sh
an p
ho
to: Liam
Scott
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 30
Variable grades are given where there are options
for different levels of climbers
Grading routes is a complex combination of factors including: •The technical difficulties of the crucial sections
of the route
•Length of the route
•Height of the peak
•Objective dangers
The overall grade is defined within a scale of 1
to 6 for technical difficulty together with a letter
grade A-E indicating the level of fitness required
alongside other variable factors. All technical
difficulties described for each grade may not be
relevant, for example if the route is predominantly
on snow then rock climbing skills may not be
needed. Please feel free to contact Adventure Peaks
if you are in doubt as to whether your experience
or fitness would match your choice of expedition.
Technical Difficulty could include:1. Easy scrambling, broad scree or low angled
snow ridges at angles up to 30 degrees. Ropes
are not usually required.
2. Snow and ice sections at a low angle of up to
35 degrees. Winter walking experience using
crampons is essential together with snow skills.
3. Snow and ice sections at an angle of 35-45
degrees. (Alpine PD+ Scottish Grade 1/2 Rock VD).
Previous use of ice axe and crampons in a Winter
mountaineering environment is essential.
4. Snow and ice sections at angles over 45 degrees
with steep steps which may also include rock.
Confident mountaineering skills including some
rock and ice climbing experience. Previous
Alpine climbing or high altitude experience
is normally required unless technically very
confident beyond the grades below. (Alpine AD
Scottish Grade 2/3 Rock severe).
5. Sections of very steep snow and ice at angles
over 50 degrees. Rock sections up to VS.
Suitable only for experienced mountaineers
who can be self-sufficient, previous alpine
experience is essential. (Alpine D Scottish Grade
3 Rock VS).
6. Very steep snow and ice with sustained steep
ice pitches, Rock sections up to HVS. Previous
experience of high altitude Mountaineering is
essential. (Alpine TD Scottish Grade 3-4 Rock HVS).
Fitness:A. Sufficient fitness to enjoy multi day walks 6-7
hours per day.
B. Good cardio-vascular fitness that would
normally require some training by running,
cycling or gym work combined with previous
mountain walking.
C. Training would tend to become essential
to attain a good level of fitness. Previous
experience of multi-day hill walking is essential.
D. A high level of all round fitness will be required
to cope with the exceptionally strenuous nature
of these expeditions.
E. A resistance to extreme weather conditions
over extended periods of time. Heavy loads over
multiple days may need to be carried.
Expedition FitnessIn all cases your chance of success and level of
enjoyment will depend very much on your level of
fitness. The grading system gives you an indication
of the level required for each expedition. It is
important that you judge your level of fitness
carefully. Whilst on expedition if your fitness is
deemed to be inadequate our leaders would ask
you to remain at camp, so we strongly recommend
you come along to one of our Weekend Meets to
help us confirm your fitness level.
Definition of what it means to join an Adventure Peaks Expedition Adventure Peaks’ Expeditions/Treks are all
professionally-led, unlike our Courses which are
‘guided’ or ‘instructed’. An expedition normally
comprises an Expedition Leader (appointed by
Adventure Peaks), expedition members (you) and
local guides/staff (specifically recruited in-country
for their local knowledge). Our expeditions are well
resourced and equipped; every effort is made to
ensure that objectives can be met.
Expedition members are expected to have acquired
the necessary training and experience needed
for our expeditions, so please check you meet the
pre-trip requirements before booking. During an
expedition it may be possible to refresh some
of the skills, but this should not interfere with
or detract from the main objective of reaching a
summit or completing a trek. Practising skills will
also be dependent on the particular expedition
and conditions so it is essential to arrive with the
appropriate skills.
As a team member, you will share in a wealth
of experiences that an expedition has to offer:
different cultures, extreme climates, new altitudes
and technical mountaineering challenges. Every
member in the team has a part to play in the safe
outcome of the adventure you are taking part
in. This will be proportionate to the individual’s
knowledge and experience.
Adventure Travel - Please readMany of our expeditions take place in the
developing world where the limitation of
facilities and infrastructures can make travel
unpredictable and the cultural differences can lead
to inconsistency in standards. You must be ready
for the unexpected. For those who want to travel
and enjoy their expedition, it is very important to
set your expectations on the right level for a less
economically developed country. It is important to
leave behind Western expectations and approach
travel with an open mind, patience and flexibility.
The expedition leaders of Adventure Peaks will be
working hard to overcome problems which may
occur and try to ensure that its standard of services
are maintained. You should, however, be aware
that some events are beyond our control and we
would ask for your patience.
Expedition gradesSafety Warning - PLEASE READMountaineering or trekking can be dangerous and carries an inherent risk of injury or death, which cannot be eliminated. You must accept that, although we do our utmost to reduce risk, there always remains a chance of accidents happening. Our leaders will continually make decisions about prevailing snow conditions, the weather, the ability of individuals and the group with safety in mind.
They will make professional judgements to minimise the risk of objective dangers, such as avalanche, ice-fall or stone-fall and weather but these risks cannot always be predicted nor removed whilst in the mountains. All mountaineering and trekking at high altitude involves the risk of altitude illness. Whilst our expeditions and treks have an appropriate acclimatisation period this cannot entirely remove the dangers of altitude as individuals acclimatise at different rates and the symptoms can be unpredictable. Severe cases necessitate descent and, in extreme cases, death can occur.
Pho
to: Steve Sh
aw
Fast Track ExpeditionsNo compromise on acclimatisation (or potential summit days) but these expeditions include a helicopter
to exit BC allowing higher altitudes to be reached safely on less holiday!!! For those on expeditions that
fly to Lukla it also lessens the chance of being weather bound on the standard aircraft flights.
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 31
Choosing an Expedition
Page Expeditions Grade Height (m) Days Country Region J F M A M J J A S O N D
32 Mount Kazbek 2B 5033 12 Georgia Europe < <
33 Julian Alps and Triglav 2B 2864 8 Slovenia Europe < <
33 High Peaks of Iceland 2B 2119 8 Iceland Europe < < <
34 Elbrus 2B 5642 11 Russia Europe < < <
35 Langtang & Naya Kanga 2B 5844 14/18 Nepal Asia < < < <
35 Tharpu Chuli and Annapurna Sanctuary 2B 5633 16/21 Nepal Asia < < < < < <
36 Island Peak and Lobuche East NEW 3C 6189 25 Nepal Asia < < < <
36 Lobuche Peak via Gokyo and Everest Base Camp 2B 6119 23 Nepal Asia < < < < <
37 Everest North Col, Lhakpa Ri & Naya Kanga 3C 7045 30 Tibet Asia < < <
40 Island Peak 3B 6189 16/18 Nepal Asia < < < < <
41 Mera Peak / Mera and Island Peak 2B /3C 6476 23/19/30 Nepal Asia < < < < < <
42 Annapurna IV NEW 3D 7126 30 Nepal Asia < < < <
42 Himlung Himal 3D 7126 23/30 Nepal Asia < < < <
44 Baruntse 3D 7129 30/35 Nepal Asia < < < <
45 Ama Dablam 5D 6856 30 Nepal Asia < < <
46 Gondogoro Peak and K2 Base Camp 2B 5695 23 Pakistan Asia < < <
47 K2 Base Camp and Kharut Pyramid 3B 6444 26 Pakistan Asia < < <
48 Mount Satopanth 4C 7075 30 India Asia < <
49 Mount Shivling 6C 6543 30 India Asia < <
49 Saife Peak and Thelu Peak NEW 3C 6167 25 India Asia < < <
50 Sudershan Peak NEW 3C 6507 23 India Asia < < <
50 Mount Kun 3C 7077 29 India Asia < <
51 Kamchatka 3B 4750 17 Russia Asia < <
51 Mount Belukha 3C 4506 18 Siberia Asia < <
53 Muztagh Ata 2C 7546 30 China Asia < <
53 Mount Damavand 2A 5610 8 Iran Asia < <
54 Alpine Tien Shan 2B 5450 16 Kyrgyzstan Asia < <
54 Tien Shan Peaks 3C 6200 23 Kyrgyzstan Asia < <
55 Tien Shan Unclimbed / Khan Tengri 4C / 5C 4500 / 7100 15/30 Kyrgyzstan Asia < <
56 Peak Lenin 2C 7134 23 Kyrgyzstan/ Tajikistan Asia < <
57 Korzhenevskaya 3C 7105 27/36 Tajikistan Asia < <
57 Ismoil Somoni 4C 7495 27/36 Tajikistan Asia < <
58 Khan Tengri 5D 7010 23/37 Kyrgyzstan/China Asia < <
58 Peak Pobeda 5D 7439 30 Kyrgyzstan/China Asia <
59 Carstensz Pyramid 4A/4B 4884 13/19 Papua New Guinea Australasia < < < < < <
60 Mount Kinabalu 2B 4095 14 Indonesia Australasia < < < <
61 Mount Giluwe 1B 4368 10 Papua New Guinea Australasia < < <
61 Mount Gunung Kerinci 1B 3805 9 Indonesia Australasia < < < <
62 Denali (Mount McKinley) 4D 6194 26 Alaska N. America < < < <
62 Pico de Orizaba and Mexico Volcanoes 2B 5636 9 Mexico N. America < <
63 Mount Vinson 3C 4892 18 Antarctica The Poles < < <
63 Mount Sidley 2C 4285 16 Antarctica The Poles <
64 South / North Pole Last Degree 2D 2800/10 18/16 Antarctica / Arctic The Poles < < < <
65 Walking Toubkal in Winter 2B 4167 8 Morocco Africa < < <
65 Winter Mountaineering in Morocco 3B 4167 8 Morocco Africa < < <
66 Mount Kenya Climb or Trek 4C/T4 5199 12 Kenya Africa < < < <
66 Mount Maromokotro 1B 2876 16 Madagascar Africa < < < < <
68 Bolivian Peaks 3C 6462/6080 22/16 Bolivia S. America < < < <
69 Alpamayo 4B 5947 23 Peru S. America < < <
69 Peaks of Peru 3C 6354 23 Peru S. America < < < < <
70 Ecuador Volcanoes 2B 5897/6310 16/20 Ecuador S. America < < < < < <
70 Antisana NEW 2B 5703 14 Ecuador S. America < < <
72 Ojos del Salado 2B 6893 16 Chile S. America < < <
73 Aconcagua 2B/2C 6962 23 Argentina S. America < < < <
75 Cho Oyu 3D 8201 43 Tibet 8000m < < < < <
76 Manaslu 4D 8163 42 Nepal 8000m < < <
77 Gasherbrum II 3D 8035 47 Karakoram/Pakistan 8000m < < <
78 K2 / K2 and Broad Peak 6D 8611 68/75 Karakoram/Pakistan 8000m < < <
79 Broad Peak 4D 8047 47 Karakoram/Pakistan 8000m < <
82 Everest North Ridge Route 4D 8848 69 Tibet 8000m < < < <
83 Everest South Col Route 4D 8848 69 Nepal 8000m < < < <
84 Lhotse 4D 8516 59 Nepal 8000m < < <
7 Summits 7 Volcanic Summits Snow Leopard
Helicopter approach and/or exit
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 32
Mount Kazbek
Euro
pe
Mount Kazbek (5033m) is one of the most beautiful peaks of the Caucasus and like Elbrus it is not
technically difficult but at over 5000m it requires a good amount of energy! It forms the border between
Russia and Georgia. From the small town of Kazbegi we climb to the Betlemi mountain refuge on the
southern slopes of Mount Kazbek. Given good weather we will acclimatise on the nearby
Mount Ortsveri (4365m) and then make our ascent of Kazbek in the early hours whilst
it is cool and the snow conditions are good. The summit provides fantastic views of the
Caucasian peaks stretching out to Elbrus 200kms away.
Mount KazbekDuration: 12 Days | Grade: 2B
Altitude: 5033m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 18 Jul Wed 29 Jul 15 £1,625 £2,095
Wed 29 Jul Sun 09 Aug 15 £1,625 £2,095
Sat 16 Jul Wed 27 Jul 16 £1,650 £2,120
Wed 27 Jul Sun 07 Aug 16 £1,650 £2,120
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www. adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 33
Euro
pe
Julian Alps and Triglav
You will have the opportunity to
develop Alpine skills, walk on Iceland’s
largest icecap and ascend the highest
peak Hvannadalashnukur (2119m)
in the Skaftafell National Park, whilst being able
to see and absorb the sights that make Iceland
so spectacular: volcanoes, lava fields, hot springs,
geysers, icebergs, glacial walking plus ascending a
number of peaks with breathtaking panoramas:
Mount Hekla (1491m), Volcano Laki , Mount
Botnssulur. No previous experience is required but a
good level of fitness is essential.
The Julian Alps form the border between Italy and
Slovenia, a great limestone massif
of rugged peaks rising to the triple
summit of Triglav at 2864m. This
week combines hut to hut walking,
scrambling and some easy via ferrata ascents
whilst traversing a number of 2000m peaks
including Slovenia’s highest peak Triglav.
A stunning mountain region.
Julian Alps and TriglavDuration: 8 Days | Grade: 2B
Altitude: 2864m | Deposit: £200
•Ascent of Triglav, Slovenia’s highest peak• Easy via ferrata scrambling•Hut to hut ridge walking
Start Date End Date Land only
Sat 27 Jun Sat 04 Jul 15 £825
Sat 25 Jul Sat 01 Aug 15 £825
Sat 15 Aug Sat 22 Aug 15 £825
Sat 25 Jun Sat 02 Jul 16 £850
Sat 23 Jul Sat 30 Jul 16 £850
Sat 13 Aug Sat 20 Aug 16 £850
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
High Peaks of Iceland
High Peaks of IcelandDuration: 8 Days | Grade: 2B
Altitude: 2119m | Deposit: £200
Start Date End Date Land only
Sun 24 May Sun 31 May 15 £1,595
Sun 21 Jun Sun 28 Jun 15 £1,595
Sun 26 Jul Sun 02 Aug 15 £1,595
Sun 22 May Sun 29 May 16 £1,650
Sun 19 Jun Sun 26 Jun 16 £1,650
Sun 24 Jul Sun 31 Jul 16 £1,650
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Pho
to: G
eorg
e Rob
ertson
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 34
ElbrusEu
rope
At 5642m, Elbrus rises majestically from a beautiful Alpine-like valley dominated by dramatic glaciated
peaks. On this expedition you will gradually gain height and increase your fitness by acclimatising
carefully on another nearby peak with great views across to Elbrus. This will give you the opportunity of
attaining a further Caucasian summit as well as Elbrus. Once acclimatised, our route follows sweeping
snow slopes to the col between Elbrus’s twin summits. Unlike many parties, we ascend the steepening
slopes to the West Peak; this is the true summit of Europe’s highest mountain.
Although technically straightforward, the summit day is quite long and strenuous. As well as an
impressive achievement in its own right, this trip will also give you a good indication as to whether you
are ready to tackle the slightly higher and more ambitious Seven Summits peak of Aconcagua or even
Mount Vinson.
This expedition will usually be led by a British leader, accompanied by our excellent English speaking local
guide.
Moscow extension (plus 2 days unguided)
This extension is for those who wish to explore Moscow. The Kremlin, St Basil’s Cathedral,
Red Square or perhaps a visit to one of the many classic opera, ballets or state circuses.
ElbrusDuration: 11 Days | Grade: 2B
Altitude: 5642m | Deposit: £400
•An exhilarating expedition to Europe’s highest peak
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 06 Jun Tue 16 Jun 15 £1,695 £2,195
Thu 18 Jun Sun 28 Jun 15 £1,695 £2,195
Sat 27 Jun Tue 07 Jul 15 £1,695 £2,195
Thu 09 Jul Sun 19 Jul 15 £1,695 £2,295
Sat 18 Jul Tue 28 Jul 15 £1,695 £2,295
Thu 30 Jul Sun 09 Aug 15 £1,695 £2,295
Sat 08 Aug Tue 18 Aug 15 £1,695 £2,295
Thu 20 Aug Sun 30 Aug 15 £1,695 £2,295
Sat 29 Aug Tue 08 Sep 15 £1,695 £2,195
Sat 04 Jun Tue 14 Jun 16 £1,775 £2,275
Thu 16 Jun Sun 26 Jun 16 £1,775 £2,275
Sat 25 Jun Tue 05 Jul 16 £1,775 £2,275
Thu 07 Jul Sun 17 Jul 16 £1,775 £2,375
Sat 16 Jul Tue 26 Jul 16 £1,775 £2,375
Thu 28 Jul Sun 07 Aug 16 £1,775 £2,375
Sat 06 Aug Tue 16 Aug 16 £1,775 £2,375
Thu 18 Aug Sun 28 Aug 16 £1,775 £2,375
Fri 26 Aug Mon 05 Sep 16 £1,775 £2,275
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Moscow Extension (2 days unguided) £375
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 35
Asia
Langtang and Naya Kanga
Tharpu Chuli and Annapurna Sanctuary
Naya Kanga, called Ganja La Chuli in Nepali, is a
beautiful peak rising out of the Langtang Valley
close to the Tibetan border and just north of
Kathmandu. It is one of our shortest expeditions
which offers an excellent introduction
to climbing in the Himalaya. The trek
to Naya Kanga follows the route of
the Langtang Trek up to Kyanjin with
superb views of the stunning peaks of Langtang
Lirung 7425m, Pemthang Kapro Ri 6830m and
Langtang ll. From Kyanjin we can climb either
Kyanjin or Tsergo Peak 4984m to acclimatise before
moving onto our main objective Naya Kanga, one
of Nepal’s most shapely trekking peaks. The views
from the summit are superb including the 8000m
giant Shishapangma.
Langtang and Naya KangaTREK APPRoAcH + EXIT
Duration: 18 Days | Grade: 2B
Altitude: 5844m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 28 Mar Tue 14 Apr 15 £1,825 £2,575
Sat 24 Oct Tue 10 Nov 15 £1,825 £2,575
Sat 26 Mar Tue 12 Apr 16 £1,895 £2,645
Sat 09 Apr Tue 26 Apr 16 £1,895 £2,645
Sat 08 Oct Tue 25 Oct 16 £1,895 £2,645
HELIcoPTER APPRoAcH + EXIT
Duration: 14 Days | Grade: 2B
Altitude: 5844m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 28 Mar Fri 10 Apr 15 £2,295 £3,045
Sat 17 Oct Fri 30 Oct 15 £2,295 £3,045
Sat 26 Mar Fri 08 Apr 16 £2,295 £3,045
Sat 15 Oct Fri 28 Oct 16 £2,295 £3,045
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Everest Panoramic Flight £165
Chitwan Safari +4 days £495
Tharpu chuli (Tent Peak) and Annapurna SanctuaryTREK APPRoAcH + EXIT
Duration: 21 Days | Grade: 2B
Altitude: 5633m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 02 May Fri 22 May 15 £1,895 £2,645
Sat 17 Oct Fri 06 Nov 15 £1,895 £2,645
Sat 14 Nov Fri 04 Dec 15 £1,895 £2,645
Sat 02 Apr Fri 22 Apr 16 £1,950 £2,700
Sat 30 Apr Fri 20 May 16 £1,950 £2,700
Sat 15 Oct Fri 04 Nov 16 £1,950 £2,700
Sat 12 Nov Fri 02 Dec 16 £1,950 £2,700
TREK APPRoAcH + HELIcoPTER EXIT
Duration: 16 Days | Grade: 2B
Altitude: 5633m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 28 Mar Sun 12 Apr 15 £2,850 £3,600
Sat 24 Oct Sun 08 Nov 15 £2,850 £3,600
Sat 26 Mar Sun 10 Apr 16 £2,850 £3,600
Sat 22 Oct Sun 06 Nov 16 £2,850 £3,600
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Everest Panoramic Flight £165
Chitwan Safari +4 days £495
This is a spectacular journey that combines the ascent of Tent Peak (Tharpu Chuli) 5633m with the classic
Annapurna Sanctuary trek. The trek is stunning with some of the most impressive mountain scenery in
Nepal including Annapurna I and the magical ‘Fish Tail’ of Machhapuchhre. We arrive at Base
Camp acclimatised and ready to tackle our main objective Tharpu Chuli from a high camp
below the mountains north-west ridge. The summit day is quite steep with a superb ridge
that leads to the spectacular summit and it’s panoramic views. A great first Himalayan Peak.
Elbru
s ph
oto
left: Martin
Barn
et Lang
tang
ph
oto
righ
t: Rob
Smith
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 36
Asia
Island Peak & Lobuche eastDuration: 25 Days | Grade: 3C
Altitude: 6189m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 25 Apr Tue 19 May 15 £2,525 £3,275
Sat 03 Oct Tue 27 Oct 15 £2,525 £3,275
Sat 07 Nov Tue 01 Dec 15 £2,525 £3,275
Sat 23 Apr Tue 17 May 16 £2,595 £3,345
Sat 01 Oct Tue 25 Oct 16 £2,595 £3,345
Sat 05 Nov Tue 29 Nov 16 £2,595 £3,345
Lobuche Peak via Gokyo Ri and Everest Base camp
Duration: 23 Days | Grade: 2B
Altitude: 6189m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 11 Apr Sun 03 May 15 £2,450 £3,200
Sat 03 Oct Sun 25 Oct 15 £2,450 £3,200
Sat 26 Mar Sun 17 Apr 16 £2,495 £3,245
Sat 22 Oct Sun 13 Nov 16 £2,495 £3,245
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Everest Panoramic Flight £165
Chitwan Safari +4 days £495
The combination of Lobuche East with Island Peak
(Imja Tse) provides the opportunity to climb two
of the best ‘trekking peaks’ in the Everest region
in just three weeks! The peaks
provide exhilarating ridges, high
camps and spectacular views of
Everest and Lhotse.
Lobuche Peak via
Island Peak andLobuche East
Gokyo and EverestBase camp
Lobuche (6119m) is one of the most challenging
‘trekking peaks’ in the Everest region and we have
combined it with either our Classic or Ultimate
Everest Trek. Unlike Island Peak the summit gives
good views of Everest alongside the spectacular
peaks of Lhotse, Nuptse, Ama Dablam and Pumori.
The journey starts with a flight to the famous
Lukla airstrip, from where we follow our respective
Everest trek to Gorak Shep and Everest Base Camp
for an ascent of Kala Patar. Acclimatised we return
to our main objective and from a
high camp we climb Lobuche with
its magnificent panoramic views
that will remain with you forever.
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 37
Everest North Col Lhakpa Ri & Naya Kanga
Asia
The cost of this expedition has been rising
dramatically over recent years to become
expensive for the number of climbing and trekking
days. We have recently included an acclimatisation
trek and ascent of Naya Kanga in Langtang to
provide more activity and better value for money!
Being fully acclimatised we can then drive more
directly into Base Camp along the old silk road
from Kathmandu and leave for Advance Base
Camp soon after. The ascent from Base Camp
follows in the historic footsteps of Mallory and
Irvine, snaking its way up the East Rongbuk Glacier
between the many ice pinnacles to
Advance Base Camp from where both
objectives are tackled.
Everest North ColThe North Col takes you far beyond the normal Base
Camp trek, you will be able to witness summit teams,
including ours, preparing for the next step of their
adventure. Ultimately, you will reach a vantage point
high up on the North Col, with the most spectacular
views of Everest and it’s imposing North Face. Here
you are about one vertical mile directly below
Everest’s inspiring windswept summit.
Lhakpa RiLhakpa Ri, although tough on the lungs is arguably
one of the most ‘climbable’ 7000m peak in the
world, whilst giving the most awesome views
of the mighty Everest. This exciting expedition
will ideally suit those who have climbed, for
Everest North col, Lhakpa Ri and Naya Kanga
Duration: 30 Days | Grade: 3C
Altitude: 7045m | Deposit: £400
•A stunning first peak in wild Tibet
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 28 Mar Sun 26 Apr 15 £7,945 £8,695
Sat 26 Mar Sun 24 Apr 16 £7,945 £8,695
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Lhasa Extension +3 days £750
Everest Panoramic Flight £165
Chitwan Safari +4 days £495
example, Kilimanjaro, Elbrus or Mera Peak and
provides a far better chance of success than, say,
attaining the summit of Aconcagua. The summit
provides tremendous views of Makalu, Cho Oyu,
Shishapangma, Lhotse and, of course, Everest and
the enormous Kangshung face.
Lhasa extensionYou can also visit the historical city of Lhasa and its
many Monasteries as a 3-day extension to the trip.
Please enquire for full details.
Lob
uch
e ph
oto
left: Dave Fish
er
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 38
Asia
WHAT GIVES YOU LIFE?
www.marmot.eu · facebook.com/marmot.mountain.europeMarmot PRO: Albert Leichtfried | Route: “Men on Wire“ | Location: Norway
Klaus Kranebitter
Ad_AdventurePeaks_420x297+3mm.indd 1 01.09.14 14:06
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 39
Asia
WHAT GIVES YOU LIFE?
www.marmot.eu · facebook.com/marmot.mountain.europeMarmot PRO: Albert Leichtfried | Route: “Men on Wire“ | Location: Norway
Klaus Kranebitter
Ad_AdventurePeaks_420x297+3mm.indd 1 01.09.14 14:06
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 40
Island Peak
Asia
This is a compact expedition for
those who want to attempt a classic
Himalayan peak within three weeks
without going to Everest Base Camp.
Previous use of crampons is essential as we will
not have time to provide instruction. We follow
the main Everest trail through the many tiny
villages with their Buddhist monasteries and
unique mountain culture. The views grow more
spectacular as we progress up the Dudh Kosi river
to Namche Bazaar, the gateway to the Khumbu
region and then up through Thyangboche where
you are rewarded with spectacular views of Ama
Dablam, Mount Everest and Lhotse. Finally we
branch off to Island Peak Base Camp.
The summit day involves a comfortable scramble,
an intriguing rock ridge and then onto a wonderful
glacier. Onwards, a steep snow headwall leads to
a classic summit ridge. From here you are afforded
fabulous views of many Himalayan giants,
including the immense face of Lhotse, the elegant
pyramid of Ama Dablam, the ragged summit of
Nuptse and beyond to Baruntse and Makalu.
Island PeakTREK APPRoAcH + EXIT
Duration: 18 Days | Grade: 3B
Altitude: 6189m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 18 Apr Tue 05 May 15 £1,950 £2,700
Sat 02 May Tue 19 May 15 £1,950 £2,700
Sat 07 Nov Tue 24 Nov 15 £1,950 £2,700
Sat 14 Nov Tue 01 Dec 15 £1,950 £2,700
Sat 02 Apr Tue 19 Apr 16 £1,995 £2,745
Sat 16 Apr Tue 03 May 16 £1,995 £2,745
Sat 30 Apr Tue 17 May 16 £1,995 £2,745
Sat 22 Oct Tue 08 Nov 16 £1,995 £2,745
Sat 12 Nov Tue 29 Nov 16 £1,995 £2,745
TREK APPRoAcH + HELIcoPTER EXIT
Duration: 16 Days | Grade: 3B
Altitude: 6189m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 28 Mar Sun 12 Apr 15 £2,395 £3,145
Sat 17 Oct Sun 01 Nov 15 £2,395 £3,145
Sat 26 Mar Sun 10 Apr 16 £2,395 £3,145
Sat 15 Oct Sun 30 Oct 16 £2,395 £3,145
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Everest Panoramic Flight £165
Chitwan Safari +4 days £495
Island
Peak ph
oto
left: Dean
Beard
Mera Peak p
ho
to rig
ht: Fran
cis Blu
nt
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 41
Asia
Mera Peak, at 6476m is the highest ‘trekking
peak’ suitable for anyone with a little previous
experience of using an ice axe and crampons.
This spectacular route is well within the reach
of regular mountain walkers with
a good level of fitness. Our careful
programme of acclimatisation is
designed to maximise your chance of
comfortably reaching this special summit.
Mera Peak’s summit provides one of the most
spectacular viewpoints in Nepal. This magical
vantage point offers stunning views of five
8000m peaks, Everest and Lhotse to the north,
Kangchenjunga and Makalu to the North East and
the majestic Cho Oyu to the North West.
This expedition follows the route of our Mera Peak expedition to its summit. Then after descending
to the Mera La it follows the remote Upper Hongu Valley to connect with the famous Amphulapcha
Pass that must be crossed to reach Island Peak base camp. It is not for the faint hearted as the
summit of the Amphulapcha is quite exposed and requires the use of fixed ropes in
ascent and a short abseil in descent, but it’s all good training for Island Peak! Our ascent
of Island Peak, unlike many expeditions, utilises a high camp to shorten the summit day
and improve your chance of success. It is described on page 40.
Mera Peak
Mera and Island Peak
Mera PeakTREK APPRoAcH + EXIT
Duration: 23 Days | Grade: 2B
Altitude: 6476m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 28 Mar Sun 19 Apr 15 £2,175 £2,925
Sat 02 May Sun 24 May 15 £2,175 £2,925
Sat 17 Oct Sun 08 Nov 15 £2,175 £2,925
Sat 31 Oct Sun 22 Nov 15 £2,175 £2,925
Sat 26 Mar Sun 17 Apr 16 £2,195 £2,945
Sat 09 Apr Sun 01 May 16 £2,195 £2,945
Sat 30 Apr Sun 22 May 16 £2,195 £2,945
Sat 15 Oct Sun 06 Nov 16 £2,195 £2,945
Sat 29 Oct Sun 20 Nov 16 £2,195 £2,945
TREK APPRoAcH + HELIcoPTER EXIT
Duration: 19 Days | Grade: 2B
Altitude: 6189m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 24 Oct Wed 11 Nov 15 £2,795 £3,545
Sat 22 Oct Wed 09 Nov 16 £2,815 £3,565
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Everest Panoramic Flight £165
Chitwan Safari +4 days £495
Mera and Island PeakDuration: 30 Days | Grade: 3C
Altitude: 6476m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 28 Mar Sun 26 Apr 15 £2,595 £3,345
Sat 11 Apr Sun 10 May 15 £2,595 £3,345
Sat 02 May Sun 31 May 15 £2,595 £3,345
Sat 17 Oct Sun 15 Nov 15 £2,595 £3,345
Sat 31 Oct Sun 29 Nov 15 £2,595 £3,345
Sat 26 Mar Sun 24 Apr 16 £2,650 £3,400
Sat 09 Apr Sun 08 May 16 £2,650 £3,400
Sat 30 Apr Sun 29 May 16 £2,650 £3,400
Sat 15 Oct Sun 13 Nov 16 £2,650 £3,400
Sat 29 Oct Sun 27 Nov 16 £2,650 £3,400
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Everest Panoramic Flight £165
Chitwan Safari +4 days £495
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 42
Asia
Annapurna IV
Located in the Manaslu region northeast of the
Annapurna range, Himlung Himal (7126m) lies close
to the Tibetan border in a remote corner of Nepal. It
was first climbed in 1992 by a Japanese team and
when climbed by Adventure Peaks in 2013 there had
been one British ascent of this 7000m
peak. Even though it is technically easy,
it does require a high level of fitness.
We anticipate placing three camps
above Base Camp that will be put in place by our
strong Sherpa team.
Our post monsoon Baruntse Expeditions have
seen exceptionally good success with safe ascents,
Himlung Himal provides an alternative peak for
the Spring when the snow conditions on Baruntse
are not so reliable. A stunning peak in a remote
location!
Himlung Himal
Himlung HimalTREK APPRoAcH + EXIT
Duration: 30 Days | Grade: 3D
Altitude: 7126m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 18 Apr Sun 17 May 15 £5,395 £6,145
Sat 16 Apr Sun 15 May 16 £5,495 £6,245
TREK APPRoAcH + HELICOPTER EXIT
Duration: 23 Days | Grade: 3D
Altitude: 7126m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 25 Apr Sun 17 May 15 £6,595 £7,345
Sat 23 Apr Sun 15 May 16 £6,695 £7,445
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Everest Panoramic Flight £165
Chitwan Safari +4 days £495
Annapurna IVDuration: 30 Days | Grade: 3D
Altitude: 7126m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 11 Apr Sun 10 May 15 £6,500 £7,250
Sat 17 Oct Sun 15 Nov 15 £6,500 £7,250
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Everest Panoramic Flight £165
Chitwan Safari +4 days £495
Located in the eastern part of the Annapurna
Range south of the Thorong La, Annapurna IV is
a spectacular seven thousand-metre peak that
can be completed in just 30 days.
This climb will require three camps
to be set above Base Camp (C1
5500m, C2 6200m, C3 6600m) and is
predominantly over snow and ice.
Higher than the average 7000m peak Annapurna IV
is ideal training for Everest and avoids the need to
do another 8000m peak. A good peak to climb in the
Spring when many other peaks are out of condition.
Breath-taking views of Manaslu, Tilicho Peak, the
Annapurna’s and the sacred Machapuchare.
Pho
to: Zac Po
ulto
n
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 43
Asia
www.e-boreal.com/mountain
“The Boreal G1 Lite has been our key boot for 7000m expeditions
over the last decade. Adventure Peaks are
looking forward to the new and lighter
generation! “
By Dave Pritt,Director of
Adventure Peaks
401975-2015
ANNIVERSARY
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 44
Asia
Baruntse provides a good progression and an ideal objective for those who have previously climbed to around 6000m. Situated close to Makalu it is remote and at the centre of three glacier valleys, the Imja, the Hunku and Barun. It is objectively safe and offers a tremendously rewarding climb among the world’s highest peaks. Summit day includes spectacular views
of Lhotse, Everest and Makalu.
The expedition will approach Baruntse via Lukla, the Mera La and Hinku valley as if going
to Mera Peak, but then we would exit by the Amphulapcha Pass, past Island Peak and then down the main Everest trail. An optional ascent of Mera Peak is available during the approach to aid acclimatisation. The extra cost involved is purely for the permit fee and the additional porter/sherpa charges.
Our success rate has been outstanding 2010 - 100%, 2011 - 80%, 2012 - 80%. In 2013 no expedition. Our 2014 expedition is currently underway.
Baruntse BaruntseTREK APPRoAcH + EXIT
Duration: 35 Days | Grade: 3D
Altitude: 7129m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 17 Oct Fri 20 Nov 15 £5,595 £6,345
Sat 15 Oct Fri 18 Nov 16 £5,695 £6,445
TREK APPRoAcH + HELIcoPTER EXIT
Duration: 30 Days | Grade: 3D
Altitude: 7129m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 17 Oct Fri 13 Nov 15 £6,595 £7,345
Sat 15 Oct Fri 11 Nov 16 £6,695 £7,445
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Mera Peak Summit £250
Everest Panoramic Flight £165
Chitwan Safari +4 days £495
Pho
to: M
arK Scales
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 45
Asia
Ama DablamThe stunning pyramid of Ama Dablam is regarded
as one of the worlds most exquisite and sought
after peaks, alongside the classic and beautiful
Matterhorn and Khan Tengri. The ambitious and
experienced mountaineer will find the South
West Ridge an acceptable challenge. We take
the standard route up Ama Dablam which offers
steep snow, ice and rock climbing in
exhilarating and exposed situations.
Fixed lines will be used in our
ascent, to aid speed and efficient
movement on this impressive mountain. To aid
acclimatisation we offer an optional ascent
of Island Peak on the approach. The extra cost
involved is purely to cover the permit fee and
additional porter/sherpa costs. We have had
excellent summit success on most of our previous
expeditions and those wishing to join should be
technically proficient and confident to Alpine AD,
Scottish grade II/III and be able to second VS/5.7
on rock.
Ama DablamDuration: 30 Days | Grade: 5D
Altitude: 6856m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 17 Oct Sun 15 Nov 15 £4,195 £4,945
Sat 07 Nov Sun 06 Dec 15 £4,195 £4,945
Sat 15 Oct Sun 13 Nov 16 £4,195 £4,945
Sat 05 Nov Sun 04 Dec 16 £4,195 £4,945
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Island Peak Summit £275
Everest Panoramic Flight £165
Chitwan Safari +4 days £495
Early booking discount (by 1st January) deduct £200
Pho
to: Stu
Peacock
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 46
Asia
Pho
to: G
eorg
e Rob
ertson
Gondogoro Peak & K2 Base CampGondogoro Peak (5695m) provides an interesting addition to our K2 Base Camp trek. The peak is located close to the beautiful Laila Peak, one of the most stunning mountains in the
world!
We approach the peak from the Hushe Valley, climb Gondogoro Peak and then cross the famous Gondogoro La into Concordia which you follow up to K2 Base Camp to complete one of the most amazing trekking journeys on earth....
Gondogoro Peak & K2 Base camp
Duration: 23 Days | Grade: 2B
Altitude: 5695m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 27 Jun Wed 22 Jul 15 £3,795 £4,510
Sat 25 Jul Wed 19 Aug £3,795 £4,510
Sat 25 Jun Wed 20 Jul 16 £3,795 £4,510
Sat 23 Jul Wed 17 Aug £3,795 £4,510
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 47
Asia
K2 Base Camp and Kharut PyramidThis expedition is a unique offering by Adventure Peaks. The splendid peak of Kharut Pyramid is in a fantastic location directly below the Abruzzi Ridge of K2. We approach via one of the most spectacular treks in the world, as per our K2 Base Camp expedition. The ascent of Kharut Pyramid provides a fine challenge in the most awesome location, overlooked by the almighty K2 and Broad Peak. Although we are surrounded by the most remote of the Himalayan giants, it is still suitable for those who have experience with ice axe and crampons to Scottish grade 1/2 or Alpine PD+.
For those who do not wish to ascend the final peak there is the welcome opportunity to relax and enjoy a well-deserved rest at K2 Base Camp. From here you can view our summit progress and wonder at the delights of this most inspiring location.
K2 Base camp and Kharut Pyramid
Duration: 26 Days | Grade: 3B
Altitude: 6444m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 27 Jun Wed 22 Jul 15 £3,795 £4,510
Sat 25 Jul Wed 19 Aug 15 £3,795 £4,510
Sat 25 Jun Wed 20 Jul 16 £3,795 £4,510
Sat 23 Jul Wed 17 Aug 16 £3,795 £4,510
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 48
Asia
Our expedition to Satopanth combines the ascent of a magnificent, remote 7000m peak with a genuine cultural experience. Satopanth is situated deep in the Indian Garhwal Himalaya - the home to India’s most spectacular peaks, on a par with, or even better than, the best the likes of Nepal has to offer.
The approach to the mountain is overland from Delhi, a ‘traditional’ journey rather than the whistle-stop helicopter approach used
so often in other countries. This approach is shared with pilgrims to one of India’s holiest sites, Gaumukh, the source of the Ganges which we pass on the trek in to the mountain.
Above Gaumukh a long glacial approach leads up to the north east ridge of Satopanth, which is ascended via steep mixed climbing, broad and narrow ridges and an exposed traverse across a 50 degree ice slope.
Usually we place three camps between
Mount Satopanth
Book early to
secu
re a p
ermit
Mount SatopanthDuration: 30 Days | Grade: 4 C
Altitude: 7075m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 12 Sep Sun 11 Oct 15 £3,975 £4,575
Sat 10 Sep Sun 09 Oct 16 £3,995 £4,595
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
base camp and the summit, from where you can feast your eyes on nearby Shivling and beyond to Nanda Devi, Kashmir and Tibet.Book early to secure a permit.
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 49
Asia
Mount ShivlingMount Shivling is one of the most stunning
peaks in the world, a huge granite tooth topped
with ice and snow that is often compared to the
beauty of the Matterhorn and Ama Dablam. It is
in the Western Garhwal of India and not far from
the western border of Nepal. The mountain is
approached from the nearest village, Gangotri,
with its beautiful temple and several lodges.
Leaving the village via its glacier that forms the
Bhagirathi, the holiest tributary of the Ganges, the
mountain itself is elegant and forbidding but it is
prized - a mountaineer’s peak. The
expedition will attempt the original
West Ridge that requires a high level
of technical skill.
Saife Peak and Thelu Peak provide a lovely
introduction to Himalayan climbing in a
spectacular setting high above the sources of the
Ganges in the Garhwal range.
The region is called a mountaineers paradise and
benefits from a short approach trek
making it possible to climb two
6000m Himalayan peaks in under
four weeks. The peaks are suitable
for those with prior winter mountaineering
experience and a good level of fitness.
Saife is a lovely conical shaped snow covered peak
in the heart of the Indian Himalaya away from the
crowds of Nepal. Technically it is straight forward
a bit like Mera Peak with the summit giving
spectacular views of all the famous peaks of the
Gangotri Glacier including Shivling (one of the
most beautiful peaks in the world) and Sudarshan
Mount ShivlingDuration: 30 Days | Grade: 6C
Altitude: 6543m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 12 Sep Sun 11 Oct 15 £3,975 £4,575
Sat 10 Sep Sun 09 Oct 16 £3,995 £4,595
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Book early to
secure a permit
Book early to
secure a permit
Saife Peak and Thelu Peak
Saife Peak and Thelu PeakDuration: 25 Days | Grade: 3C
Altitude: 6167m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 13 Jun Tue 07 Jul 15 £2,550 £3,150
Sat 12 Sep Tue 06 Oct 15 £2,550 £3,150
Sat 11 Jun Tue 05 Jul 16 £2,595 £3,195
Sat 10 Sep Tue 04 Oct 16 £2,595 £3,195
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Parvat. Thelu Peak is steeper and will require a
short section of fixed line work for which training
will be given. The views from Thelu Peak are again
spectacular and will leave an indelible impression
in your memory. Few groups have discovered these
peaks take advantage now!
Pho
to: A
vilash B
isht
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 50
Asia
Mount Kun
A spectacular looking peak on the famous trek
up to the source of the Ganges, it dominates the
true right hand skyline. This is a fully
supported climb where high altitude
porters (HAPs) are used to establish
three camps (ABC 4880m, C1 5550m,
C2 5975) to aid our ascent of this wonderful
snow peak. The majestic views of Shivling – the
Matterhorn of the Himalayas is always present
and it is surrounded by some of the most beautiful
mountain scenery in the world. Sudarshan Peak is
a good stepping-stone to a 7000 or 8000m Peak.
Mount Kun was first offered as an expedition by
Adventure Peaks in 2006. The twin peaks of Kun
and Nun are located in the rugged and forbidding
landscape of Zanskar in northern
India and are the biggest in the
region. These two towering peaks and
their satellites; Barmal, White Needle
and Pinnacle Peak form a horseshoe above the
Suru river on the border of Kashmir and Zanskar.
The route to Base Camp at the head of the Shafat
glacier is at 4400m and accessible in a matter of
days.
The ascent of Kun is a moderate snow and ice
Mount KunDuration: 29 Days | Grade: 3C
Altitude: 7077m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 01 Aug Sat 29 Aug 15 £3,750 £4,350
Sat 30 Jul Sat 27 Aug 16 £3,795 £4,395
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Taj Mahal Extension £265
route suitable for those with previous climbing
experience of Scottish 2/3 or Alpine AD.
India operates a very formal and traditional system
for climbing, Kun has to be booked and the peak
fee paid well in advance.
Sudarshan Peak
SudershanDuration: 23 Days | Grade: 3C
Altitude: 6507m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 06 Jun Sun 28 Jun 15 £2,425 £3,025
Sat 12 Sep Sun 04 Oct 15 £2,425 £3,025
Sat 18 Jun Sun 10 Jul 16 £2,475 £3,075
Sat 10 Sep Sun 02 Oct 16 £2,475 £3,075
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Taj Mahal Extension £265
Book early to
secure a permit
Book early to
secure a permit
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 51
Asia
Kamchatka is without exaggeration one of the
most spectacular regions in the world. A land
of volcanoes, fire and ice, active boiling springs,
geysers, waterfalls and volcanic sculptures
displaying a multitude of colours that took millions
of years to create. There are over 400 glaciers and
189 volcanoes in this region, 29 of which are still
active. The region is such a geological phenomenon
it has created it’s own unique flora and fauna. The
beauty of Kamchatka will capture
you forever. A number of the regions
we visit are on the UNESCO World
Heritage List.
So where is Kamchatka? It’s shores are on the
Pacific and it’s in one of the remotest places in
the world! You will find it at the far Eastern tip of
Russia beyond Siberia. Still interested? Look for a
small peninsular jutting down towards Japan.
The peninsula has two active volcanic mountain
ranges extending from northwest to southeast
divided by a wide flat area of tundra. The area
is remote with practically no infrastructure. We
will aim to climb four of the most interesting
volcanic summits in Kamchatka: Gorley (1850m),
Mutnovski (2322m), Ushkovsky (3903m) and
Kamchatka
Krestovsky (4057m). The highest, Kluchevskoy
(4750m) is a perfect cone. Please note the final
peaks attempted may vary according to conditions.
Combine these ascents with a visit to the Valley
of Geysers, bathing in the Semyachik hot springs
and the opportunity to see a diverse collection of
flora and fauna plus more than half of the world’s
Steller Sea Eagles as well as the largest population
of Brown Bears. Contact us for more details.
KamchatkaDuration: 17 Days | Grade: 3B
Altitude: 4750m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Fri 31 Jul Sun 16 Aug 15 £2,595 £3,695
Fri 14 Aug Sun 30 Aug 15 £2,595 £3,695
Fri 29 Jul Sun 14 Aug 16 £2,695 £3,795
Fri 12 Aug Sun 28 Aug 16 £2,695 £3,795
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Mount BelukhaThis unique trip combines a stunning approach trek
with the ascent of the highest summit in the whole
Altai - the magnificent Mount Belukha
(4506m).
We trek through mountain forest
Taiga to the beautiful Kucherla Lake,
over Kara-Turek pass (3060m) for acclimatisation
to Base Camp on the Akkem Lake. The mountain
ascent requires previous experience of ice axe
and crampons and takes a route up the Akkem
glacier to gain the Delone Col before a high
camp is established on the plateau above the
steep Berelskoye Saddle at 3800m. The summit
is reached via fixed ropes to give dramatic
views across Siberia and the Altai. Sean James,
our leader in 2012 described this peak and its
appearance as one of the most stunningly
beautiful places he had been to.
Mount BelukhaDuration: 18 Days | Grade: 3C
Altitude: 4506m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Thu 23 Jul Sun 09 Aug 15 £2,225 £3,275
Thu 06 Aug Sun 23 Aug 15 £2,225 £3,275
Thu 21 Jul Sun 07 Aug 16 £2,250 £3,300
Thu 04 Aug Sun 21 Aug 16 £2,250 £3,300
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Pho
to: C
hris M
oth
ersdale
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 52
Asia
OUTSTANDING OUTDOOR EQUIPMENTBJ
AR
NE
SA
LÉ
N
#OUTDOORPASSION
FW14-X_Adventure Peaks_210x297mm_Sep12_UK.indd 1 2014-09-05 11:41
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 53
Asia
Mount Damavand may be little known outside its home nation of Iran
but it is Asia’s highest volcano and provides a delightful challenge for
mountaineers. It is located north of Tehran, close to the Caspian Sea
and dominates the Alborz mountain range. Damavand is, with its near-
symmetrical lines, a beautiful and graceful peak that has lain dormant
for 10,000 years. On reaching the crater rim you walk around it to the
true summit and it is possible to walk into the crater. It is technically
easy but demands a good level of fitness.
Muztagh Ata meaning ‘The father of ice
mountains’, rises out of China’s vast Taklimakan
Desert in the Xinjiang Province of China and
provides the opportunity to climb a mountain
over 7500m with minimal technical difficulty. For
those with the appropriate skills, it is often used
as a stepping stone to an 8000m peak which could
include Everest.
It lies in the centre of the great mountain ranges of
Asia, with the Karakoram to the south, the Pamir
to the west and Kun, Lun and the Tien Shan to
the north. The last main settlement
before our approach to the mountain
is Kashgar, an interesting small
town situated on the old Silk Road.
Mosques rise above mud-thatched houses and
donkey carts still trundle through the many small
alleys. It’s from here we transfer to Subashi and
then on foot to Muztagh Ata Base Camp supported
by a caravan of camels.
The ascent involves establishing three camps en
route above Base Camp, the snow line being just
above Camp 1 at 5400m. The most technical
sections will be encountered on the move to
Camp 2 above 6000m. The summit day, although
technically straightforward, will feel exhausting as
a result of the extreme altitude, so a good level of
fitness is essential. Given a clear day, you will be
rewarded with tremendous views of the Pamir, the
Karakoram and K2.
Muztagh Ata
Previous experience should include a 6000m peak
and confident use of ice axe and crampons.
The expedition will be led by one of our
experienced British leaders. Camels are used for
the approach to BC and pack mules to Camp 1. We
use some local porters above Camp 1 but clients
are expected to assist with the movement of
personal equipment and some group gear. This
helps with acclimatisation, making us stronger for
our summit attempt.
Mount Damavand
Muztagh AtaDuration: 30 Days | Grade: 2C
Altitude: 7546m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 25 Jul Sun 23 Aug 15 £3,850 £4,525
Sat 23 Jul Sun 21 Aug 16 £3,895 £4,570
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Mount DamavandDuration: 8 Days | Grade: 2A
Altitude: 5610m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 04 Jul Sat 11 Jul 15 £895 £1,370
Sat 18 Jul Sat 25 Jul 15 £895 £1,370
Sat 01 Aug Sat 08 Aug 15 £895 £1,370
Sat 02 Jul Sat 09 Jul 16 £895 £1,370
Sat 16 Jul Sat 23 Jul 16 £895 £1,370
Sat 30 Jul Sat 06 Aug 16 £895 £1,370
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 54
Asia
Tien Shan PeaksOne of our best Expeditions, Adventure Peaks
Director, David Pritt, introduced this expedition
to bring this most spectacular and unspoilt
region into the reach of the less experienced
mountaineer. The mountains in this remote
area of Asia are Himalayan in stature, with the
highest peak reaching 7443m. They form the rigid
backbone of Kyrgyzstan, wedged between China
and Kazakhstan. Our exhilarating journey to
Base Camp is initially taken by helicopter up the
Inylchek Glacier. At close proximity, you will fly
through a vast panorama of classical glaciated and
jagged peaks.
Our initial period of acclimatisation will be spent
practising glacial skills, overlooked by the most
northerly 7000m peaks in the world. The shoulder
of, Peak Chapayev (6210m) is our main objective
and we share the route with those attempting
to summit the majestic Khan
Tengri 6995m. The ascent involves
establishing two camps en route, but
our approach will be richly rewarded
with a vista of tremendous proportions. With our
ambition achieved, we can gaze across to the jewel
of the Tien Shan itself, Khan Tengri. Its elegant
ridges and pyramidal peak elevates its beauty to
that of the distinguished profiles of Ama Dablam
and the Matterhorn as some of the most beautiful
peaks in the world.
If time permits we will attempt Karly Tau 5450m as
a second peak higher up the glacier
This course of Alpine training is set in a magnificent and unspoilt area far away from the crowded
European Alps in the beautiful mountains of Central Tien-Shan, a wild and remote region of Kyrgyzstan at
the base of Khan Tengri. We fly in by helicopter, undergo training in glacial travel, crevasse rescue, roping
up, ice axe and crampon techniques and movement in Alpine terrain.
You will experience what it feels like to be part of an expedition and an attempt will
be made to summit Karly Tau Peak (5450m) via two camps. You should have previous
experience of crampons or completed a winter skills/mountaineering course.
Level of supportAbove Base Camp this particular expedition
will require your involvement with collective
responsibilities for moving equipment and
supplies to the high camps so you will need to have
a good level of fitness. This will undoubtedly add
to your experience of being self-sufficient in this
most unspoilt of landscapes. Base Camp services
and food are provided.
Alpine Tien Shan
Alpine Tien ShanHELIcoPTER APPRoAcH + EXIT
Duration: 16 Days | Grade: 2B
Altitude: 5450m | Deposit: £400
• Learn Alpine skills in an unforgettable location
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 18 Jul Sun 02 Aug 15 £1,850 £2,525
Sat 01 Aug Sun 16 Aug 15 £1,850 £2,525
Sat 16 Jul Sun 31 Jul 16 £1,895 £2,570
Sat 30 Jul Sun 14 Aug 16 £1,895 £2,570
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Tien Shan PeaksHELIcoPTER APPRoAcH + EXIT
Duration: 23 Days | Grade: 3C
Altitude: 6200m | Deposit: £400
•A classic snow climb with stunning views of Khan Tengri
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 18 Jul Sun 09 Aug 15 £2,295 £2,970
Sat 16 Jul Sun 07 Aug 16 £2,295 £2,970
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Pho
to: N
ick Lum
b
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 55
Asia
Tien Shan UnclimbedIn 2001, Adventure Peaks Director, Dave Pritt,
introduced this exceptional destination which has
now seen several highly successful expeditions
with over 38 new peaks climbed. The mountains in
this remote area of Asia are Himalayan in stature,
with the highest peak reaching 7443m. They form
the rigid backbone of Kyrgyzstan, wedged between
China and Kazakhstan.
During our adventure, we will attempt to summit
up to three of the as yet unclimbed peaks, at
altitudes of between 3500-4500m.
We take a rugged approach to the mountains by
means of a large six wheel drive former soviet
truck (with seats) to our wild and
remote Base Camp surrounded by
extensive unclimbed territory up to
4500m. We take acclimatisation very
seriously and undertake initial exploratory walks to
identify potential routes and climbs. This is a very
exciting period; as close to ‘true’ mountaineering
as one could imagine. Most potential peaks
require a subsidiary camp that is placed higher
in the basin. This excellent expedition offers
a fantastic introduction to the challenges of
high altitude mountaineering for those who are
technically competent on Scottish Grade 2/3
ground. There are numerous more technical routes
for those who climb at harder grades. Gazing
out onto the panorama from Base Camp you will
undoubtedly feel the magnetism of these potential
challenges.
Acclimatised you can extend your stay to climb
Khan Tengri, the most spectacular peak in the
central Tien Shan.
Level of support This particular expedition will require your
involvement with collective responsibilities. You
will need to have a good level of fitness and be
prepared to share the camp chores of cooking,
water collection and movement of equipment.
This will undoubtedly add to your experience
of being self-sufficient in this most unspoilt of
landscapes.
Tien Shan UnclimbedDuration: 15 Days | Grade: 4C
Altitude: 4500m | Deposit: £400
• Live a mountaineer’s true dream; summit a virgin peak in this remote and beautiful region
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 18 Jul Sat 01 Aug 15 £1,750 £2,425
Sat 16 Jul Sat 30 Jul 16 £1,775 £2,450
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Khan Tengri see page 58
Snow Leopard Challenge see pages 8 - 9
Tien Shan Unclimbed and Khan Tengri
Duration: 30 Days | Grade: 5C
Altitude: 7010m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 18 Jul Sun 16 Aug 15 £3,950 £4,625
Sat 16 Jul Sun 14 Aug 16 £3,995 £4,670
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Snow Leopard Challenge see pages 8 - 9
Pho
to: Fran
cis Blu
nt
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 56
Asia
This will be our fourth year of runnning this
successful expedition.
Peak Lenin at 7134m is the third highest
mountain in the former Soviet Union and is
situated in the Pamirs range of Kyrgyzstan. It is
one of the most accessible of the world’s 7000m
peaks. The climb is non-technical and truly
Himalayan by proportion and yet relatively cost
effective.
Peak Lenin is one of only five
7000m peaks in the former USSR,
the others being Ismoil Somoni
(7495m) and Korzhenevskaya
(7105m), both in the Pamirs, and Peak Pobeda
(7439m) and Khan Tengri (7010m) in the Tien
Shan. To climb all five admits you to the elite
group of Russian climbers known as Snow
Leopards.
Base Camp is idyllic, situated on a raised
meadow of Alpine flowers between two steep
river valleys. From Base Camp we head over the
Puteshestvinnikov Pass to the moraine of the
Lenin Glacier which is ascended to reach ABC at
4200m. We aim to establish two or three further
camps, crossing the subsidiary peak Razdelny.
It is from here the views really open up towards
Peak Communism and the Hindu Kush.
Peak Lenin
Peak LeninDuration: 23 Days | Grade: 2C
Altitude: 7134m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 27 Jun Sun 19 Jul 15 £2,975 £3,650
Sat 04 Jul Sun 26 Jul 15 £2,975 £3,650
Sat 18 Jul Sun 09 Aug 15 £2,975 £3,650
Sat 08 Aug Sun 30 Aug 15 £2,975 £3,650
Sat 25 Jun Sun 17 Jul 16 £2,995 £3,675
Sat 02 Jul Sun 24 Jul 16 £2,995 £3,675
Sat 16 Jul Sun 07 Aug 16 £2,995 £3,675
Sat 06 Aug Sun 28 Aug 16 £2,995 £3,675
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Snow Leopard Challenge see pages 8 - 9
The Snow Leopard - the ultimate 7000m challenge The Snow Leopard - the ultimate 7000m challenge
It started in the old Soviet Union times and became the ultimate challenge for alpinists….to climb all Soviet peaks over 7000 metres; Peak Lenin, Korzhenevskaya, Peak Communism (aka Ismoil Somoni), Khan Tengri and Peak Pobeda. Those who managed to summit the five Central Asian giants were awarded the Snow Leopard Award. Today it has been completed by less than six hundred mountaineers, none of them British. Adventure Peaks is offering all five; three peaks are located in the Pamirs and two in the Tien Shan. They can be climbed individually or in combinations as described on pages 8 - 9
The summit can be attempted in one long day,
or a third camp can be placed at about 6200
metres. The summit at 7134 metres is crowned
by a number of plaques, including one of Lenin
himself. The views, as you would expect, are
outstanding and stretch right across the Pamirs
to Muztagh Ata and Kongur in China and to the
west, the Karakoram.
Pho
to: Sean
James
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 57
Asia
The Snow Leopard - the ultimate 7000m challenge The Snow Leopard - the ultimate 7000m challenge
Following two previously successful
expeditions, 2015 will be our third
expedition to Korzhenevskya.
It is usually said to be the second
easiest of these peaks to climb, after Peak Lenin
and can be climbed in conjunction with an ascent
of Ismoil Somoni (Peak Communism 7495m) using
Korzhenevskaya to prepare for its higher and more
difficult neighbour.
The classic Southern ridge route starts from the
Moskvina Glade, reached by helicopter and is
generally regarded as the safest and easiest route
to the summit. Camps are placed at 5300m and
6400m from where we tackle the summit via
a narrow but not steep ridge. To aid our ascent
and the move between camps we will aim to
acclimatise on the nearby peaks Vorobeva (5691m)
and Chetyreh Peak (6299m).
Ismoil SomoniK
orzh
enevskaya p
ho
to: M
artin B
arnet
Ismo
il Som
on
i ph
oto
: Martin
Barn
et
Korzhenevskaya
All dates shown are subject to confirmation once the
helicopter schedule is known.
KorzhenevskayaHELIcoPTER APPRoAcH + EXIT
Duration: 27 Days | Grade: 3C
Altitude: 7105m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Fri 17 Jul Wed 12 Aug 15 £3,295 £4,145
Fri 15 Jul Wed 10 Aug 16 £3,395 £4,245
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Snow Leopard Challenge see pages 8 - 9
Korzhenevskaya and Ismoil SomoniHELIcoPTER APPRoAcH + EXIT
Duration: 36 Days | Grade: 4D
Altitude: 7495m | Deposit: £600
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Fri 17 Jul Fri 21 Aug 15 £4,600 £5,450
Fri 15 Jul Fri 19 Aug 16 £4,650 £5,500
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Snow Leopard Challenge see pages 8 - 9
Ismoil SomoniHELIcoPTER APPRoAcH + EXIT
Duration: 27 Days | Grade: 4C
Altitude: 7495 | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Fri 17 Jul Wed 12 Aug 15 £3,295 £4,145
Fri 15 Jul Wed 10 Aug 16 £3,395 £4,245
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Snow Leopard Challenge see pages 8 - 9
The full Snow Leopard challenge
Duration: 65 Days | Grade: 5D
Altitude: 7495m | Deposit: £1000
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 27 Jun Sun 30 Aug 15 £13,995 £14,990
Sat 25 Jun Sun 28 Aug 16 £13,995 £14,990
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Snow Leopard Challenge see pages 8 - 9
Ismoil Somoni (Peak Communism) is the
highest mountain in the Pamirs and Tajikistan,
a cherished dream of any mountaineer being
one of the most beautiful and interesting
climbs in the world. A mountain that has seen
many names: in 1933 Stalin Peak, in 1962
Communism Peak, in 1998 Ismoil Somoni after
the ancestor of the Samanid dynasty.
The ascent starts from a Base Camp Moskvina
Glade (4200m) which can only logically be
approached by helicopter. Many climbers
attempt Vorobeva Peak (5691 m) or Chetyreh
Peak (6299 m) as part of their acclimatisation.
Four further camps are placed to reach the
impressive small rocky summit
with its spectacular panoramic
views across the whole of the
Pamirs and into China.
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 58
Asia
Khan Tengri
The Snow Leopard - the ultimate 7000m challenge
Peak Pobeda
A classic expedition Adventure Peaks has been
operating for the last 15 years. This challenging
expedition follows in the footsteps of eight
previously successful trips to this comparatively
undiscovered region. For those with a little more
time, the ascent of Khan Tengri can be combined
with our exciting Unclimbed Peaks expedition,
offering a very enjoyable and rewarding period
of acclimatisation.
At 7010m, Khan Tengri is without doubt the most
splendid of summits amongst the jagged peaks
of the Tien Shan. With its elegant
ridges and superb pyramidal summit,
it is also regarded as one of the
most beautiful peaks in the world,
alongside the stunning Alpamayo, Ama Dablam
and the Matterhorn.
Base Camp will be established at 4000m on the
North Inylchek Glacier, the world’s third longest at
62km. The views from here are quite breathtaking
and provide a superb backdrop whilst enjoying a
welcome drink of tea and relaxing, before we head
for Camp 1 at 4300m and Camp 2 at 5100m. We
then ascend the stunning Peak Chapayev, with its
momentous views of our summit objective, and
onto the Col just below the West Ridge at 5900m.
To improve our chances of success on Khan Tengri,
an additional camp may be established at 6300m.
Experience of climbing up to Scottish grade 2/3,
Alpine D necessary.
Khan TengriHELIcoPTER APPRoAcH + EXIT
Duration: 23 Days | Grade: 5D
Altitude: 7010m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 18 Jul Sun 09 Aug 15 £3,250 £3,925
Sat 23 Jul Sun 14 Aug 16 £3,295 £3,970
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Unclimbed Peaks see page 55
Snow Leopard Challenge see pages 8 - 9
Peak PobedaHELIcoPTER APPRoAcH + EXIT
Duration: 30 Days | Grade: 5D
Altitude: 7439m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 18 Jul Sun 16 Aug 15 £3,950 £4,625
Sat 23 Jul Sun 21 Aug 16 £3,995 £4,670
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Unclimbed Peaks see page 55
Snow Leopard Challenge see pages 8 - 9
Khan Tengri & Peak PobedaHELIcoPTER APPRoAcH + EXIT
Duration: 37 Days | Grades: 5D
Altitude: 7439m | Deposit: £600
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 18 Jul Sun 23 Aug 15 £5,600 £6,275
Sat 23 Jul Sun 28 Aug 16 £5,750 £6,425
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Snow Leopard Challenge see pages 8 - 9
Peak Pobeda is regarded as the toughest
of the five summits and lies opposite Khan
Tengri on the South Inylchek Glacier. It
is the most northerly 7000m peak in the
world, isolated and difficult and forms the
border with China. It is climbed via five or
six camps and would challenge any 8000m
for its harshness.
Pho
to: Pau
l Marro
nPh
oto
: Dave Pritt
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 59
Au
strala
sia
The Snow Leopard - the ultimate 7000m challenge
Carstensz PyramidAdventure Peaks continues to lead the way on Carstensz with 100% success on all its expeditions.
At 4884m, Carstensz Pyramid is the highest peak in Indonesia and Australasia, making it a significant challenge as part of the Seven Summits. The remote Carstensz maintains a sense of mystery, rising from the dense jungle of Papua and often shrouded in mist. An expedition to this intriguing landscape is not just a climbing venture, but a journey back in
time through tribal ancestries and an incredible rich and rewarding experience.
The climbing on this limestone mountain offers a variety of interesting and challenging routes at varying grades. The standard route up the West Ridge is a relatively straightforward but technical scramble, with the occasional steeper rock pitch at Severe (5.3-5.4) grading.
We offer two approaches into Base Camp: a magnificent trek supported by the mysterious Dani Tribe or by helicopter for a fast simple approach and exit.
We have had 100% success on all our expeditions including: 1st Irish Ascent (Ian McKeever & Grania Willis) 1st South African (Sibusio Vilane).
carstensz PyramidTREK APPRoAcH + EXIT
Duration: 19 Days | Grade: 4B
Altitude: 4884m | Deposit: £1000
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 14 Mar Wed 01 Apr 15 £10,950 £11,600
Sat 25 Jul Wed 12 Aug 15 £10,950 £11,600
Sat 26 Sep Wed 14 Oct 15 £10,950 £11,600
Sat 12 Mar Wed 30 Mar 16 £11,500 £12,150
Sat 23 Jul Wed 10 Aug 16 £11,500 £12,150
Sat 03 Sep Wed 21 Sep 16 £11,500 £12,150
HELIcoPTER APPRoAcH + EXIT
Duration: 13 Days | Grade: 4A
Altitude: 4884m | Deposit: £1000
•A wild and remote adventure to the true summit of Australasia
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 09 May Thu 21 May 15 £13,500 £14,150
Sat 15 Aug Thu 27 Aug 15 £13,500 £14,150
Sat 03 Oct Thu 15 Oct 15 £13,500 £14,150
Sat 07 May Thu 19 May 16 £13,750 £14,400
Sat 06 Aug Thu 18 Aug 16 £13,750 £14,400
Sat 01 Oct Thu 13 Oct 16 £13,750 £14,400
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
This trip starts and finishes in Jakarta
Pho
to: D
ave Pritt
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 60
Au
strala
sia
Mount Kinabalu
Mount KinabaluDuration: 14 Days | Grade: 2B
Altitude: 4095m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 25 Jul Fri 07 Aug 15 £1,650 £2,350
Sat 26 Sep Fri 09 Oct 15 £1,650 £2,350
Sat 17 Oct Fri 30 Oct 15 £1,650 £2,350
Sat 23 Jul Fri 05 Aug 16 £1,695 £2,395
Sat 24 Sep Fri 07 Oct 16 £1,695 £2,395
Sat 15 Oct Fri 28 Oct 16 £1,695 £2,395
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12This great adventure combines many other
company’s standard Borneo and Mount Kinabalu
programme with a unique Adventure Peaks twist to
include the wild and rarely climbed peaks of Mount
Apil (1750m) and Mount Trusmadi (2642m).
Our first ascent is of Mount Apil that we combine
with a longboat journey and jungle
trek to the Deer Cave, the home to over
two million bats which leave the caves
almost every afternoon as featured in
the BBC series Planet Earth. It is just one of many
natural wonders to find in this off-the-beaten trail
and tropical paradise!
Moving northwards we continue our programme
of acclimatisation on Mount Trusmadi, the second
highest mountain in Sabah, a peak extremely rich in
flora and fauna. Unlike Mount Kinabalu few tourists
venture here and very often you have the mountain
to yourself! The sunrise view out towards our main
objective Mount Kinabalu is out of this world.
Acclimatised, we can now enjoy the ascent of Mount
Kinabalu the highest point between the Himalaya
and Iran Jara on the island of Borneo, which was first
climbed in 1851 by Sir Hugh Low .
Those with more time available can extend their
journey through Borneo with a visit to the Orang
Utan sanctuaries at Sepilok, sit in hot springs or head
off to a neighboring tropical island.
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 61
Au
strala
sia
Mount GiluweEnjoy this remote journey into the depths of Papua
New Guinea. Mount Giluwe (4368m) is the second
highest mountain in Papua New Guinea, after
Mount Wilhem, and the highest volcano on the
Australasian continent. It is made up of a series
of volcanic plugs left over from the
original volcano, which formed over
700,000 years ago and, like Mount
Kenya it has twin summits. The
ascent takes you through jungle, grassland, past
innumerable tarns and lakes but don’t expect
home comforts. The climb is magnificent but it’s
wild, it’s remote and every bush hike after this
will be disappointingly easy! Leave behind any
western ideas of comfort; it is a journey back in
time where machetes cut the way to the sound of
musical tribal singing. Combine it with the ascent
of Mount Wilhem (4509m).
Mount Gunung KerinciClimbing Gunung Kerinci on the island of Sumatra
is one thing, but just getting there is another. It
is a wild and remote journey that starts with
a bus journey from Padang, can be anything
between six and nine hours, and crosses the spine
of Sumatra. Be prepared for an arduous, but
hilarious time! You usually arrive in the village of
Kersik Tua after dark, but the dawn
brings extensive views of well-
manicured tea plantations and the
peak itself – cloud permitting. Rain
and hailstorms are not uncommon here as you are
already at 1500m.
Sitting in the Kerinci Selat National Park, the peak
is approached down a long plantation road, before
you break into dense jungle. Thankfully little
logging is allowed here and much of the canopy
is untouched. Gibbons can be seen swinging
through the trees .
There are a number of campsites high on the peak,
Mount GiluweDuration: 10 Days | Grade: 1B
Altitude: 4368m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 18 Jul Wed 29 Jul 15 £1,595 £2,495
Sat 08 Aug Wed 19 Aug 15 £1,595 £2,495
Sat 19 Sep Wed 30 Sep 15 £1,595 £2,495
Sat 16 Jul Wed 27 Jul 16 £1,650 £2,550
Sat 06 Aug Wed 17 Aug 16 £1,650 £2,550
Sat 17 Sep Wed 28 Sep 16 £1,650 £2,550
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Mount Gunung KerinciDuration: 9 Days | Grade: 1B
Altitude: 3805m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 18 Jul Sun 26 Jul 15 £1,295 £1,995
Sat 08 Aug Sun 16 Aug 15 £1,295 £1,995
Sat 26 Sep Sun 04 Oct 15 £1,295 £1,995
Sat 16 Jul Sun 24 Jul 16 £1,325 £2,050
Sat 06 Aug Sun 14 Aug 16 £1,325 £2,050
Sat 24 Sep Sun 02 Oct 16 £1,325 £2,050
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Pho
to: Ro
b W
oo
dall
(remnants from Dutch colonisation), from where
we set off in the dark for a sunrise summit. The
vegetation soon ends with slopes of dusty pumice,
before you reach the crater’s rim and hear the dull
roar below. The air will be filled with the smell
of sulphur and all of Central Sumatra will be laid
before you.
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 62
No
rth A
merica
Pico de Orizaba and Mexico Volcanoes
Denali (Mount McKinley)
Denali Highly Supported Expedition
Pho
to: To
dd
Rutled
ge
Denali (Mount McKinley)Duration: 26 Days | Grade: 4D
Altitude: 6194m | Deposit: £1000
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Tue 05 May Sat 30 May 15 £4,720 £5,495
Sat 09 May Wed 03 Jun 15 £4,720 £5,495
Mon 22 Jun Fri 17 Jul 15 £4,720 £5,495
Thu 25 Jun Mon 20 Jul 15 £4,720 £5,495
# Fri 15 May Tue 09 Jun 15 £5,070 £5,845
# Tue 19 May Sat 13 Jun 15 £5,070 £5,845
# Sat 23 May Wed 17 Jun 15 £5,070 £5,845
# Tue 02 Jun Sat 27 Jun 15 £5,070 £5,845
# Sat 06 Jun Wed 01 Jul 15 £5,070 £5,845
# Fri 12 Jun Tue 07 Jul 15 £5,070 £5,845
# Tue 16 Jun Sat 11 Jul 15 £5,070 £5,845
# Fri 19 Jun Tue 14 Jul 15 £5,070 £5,845
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Park Fees payable locally £350
# Highly Supported
Telephone us for 2016 dates
This expedition combines the opportunity to climb
three peaks whilst exploring the diverse cultures
of Mexico. We acclimatise with visits
to the Teotihuacan Pyramids, the
beautiful crater lakes of Nevado de
Toluca and the summit of Toluca
(4,691m). Moving southeast of Mexico City we
climb the interesting peak Iztaccihuatl (5261m)
over snow, ice and rock before heading to our main
objective Orizaba (5,636m) the highest volcano
in the North America and the continent’s third
highest mountain after Denali and Mt Logan.
Pico de orizaba and Mexico Volcanoes
Duration: 9 Days | Grade: 2B
Altitude: 5636m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 14 Nov Sun 22 Nov 15 £1,295 £1,995
Sat 03 Jan Sun 11 Jan 15 £1,295 £1,995
Sat 14 Feb Sun 22 Feb 15 £1,295 £1,995
Sat 22 Oct Sun 30 Oct 16 £1,295 £1,995
Sat 03 Jan Sun 11 Jan 15 £1,295 £1,995
Sat 13 Feb Sun 21 Feb 16 £1,295 £1,995
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
On this expedition the team will be limited to 6
climbers and it will be guided on a
1:2 ratio (3 guides). This gives you
the best client to guide ratio on the
mountain. We feel having 3 guides on
a team is very important to the success and safety
of a Denali team. With a larger staff of guides on
the team, we can reduce or eliminate the need for
climbers to dig out kitchen pits and tent platforms,
which is some of the more gruelling work on a
The route to the crater rim follows the Glacier
de Jamapa and a rocky ravine before the views
across the Gulf of Mexico start to emerge to give a
breathtaking summit panorama from this perfectly
formed conical shaped peak.
traditional Denali expedition. If required we will
work with you in the months preceding your
expedition to make certain that you have the very
lightest kit possible to further reduce your load.
At 6194m, Denali is the highest peak in the majestic Alaskan range of North America. Its huge 6000m
bulk rises dramatically from the surrounding plains, adding to its Himalayan stature. Due to its very
northerly position this is the coldest mountain outside of Antarctica, and so will give rise to the feeling of
acclimatising on a 7000m peak.
Climbing on Denali offers an excellent experience for those wishing to step up to 8000m peaks in the
future. In return for this challenge, the surroundings are spectacular and the terrain typical of what
you would expect of Alaska; an ethereal land on the edge of the Arctic Circle. This is an isolated and
committing mountain, giving one a sense of real adventure. The expedition is fully guided in conjunction
with our authorised Alaskan partners and follows Denali’s West Buttress. This is a popular route, yet still
offers a challenging ascent of 40-50 degree snow slopes and an impressive ice headwall. You should be
confident on Scottish II snow and ice with experience of crevasse rescue.
It is important to book early on these expeditions, normally at least six months in advance.
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 63
The Po
les
Mount Vinson
Pho
to: C
hris M
oth
ersdale
Mount Sidley
Mount SidleyDuration: 16 Days | Grade: 2C
Altitude: 4285m | Deposit: £4000
Start Date End Date Land only
Sun 15 Dec Wed 31 Dec 15 $53,800
See www.adventurepeaks.com for 2016 dates
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
This trip starts and finishes in Punta Arenas
Return international flights must be changeable and booked
to depart Punta Arenas one week after the dates shown here
in case of delays.
Antarctica is a land of dreams; a pristine
environment of epic proportions and extremities.
For half of the year, when there is 24 hours of
daylight, the snow really does shine whiter than
white. Mount Vinson occupies a grand position at
the base of the Antarctic Peninsula;
the coldest, most windswept
continent on earth. The elegant
symmetrical pyramids of the
Ellsworth Mountains give rise to the complex high-
glacial massif of Vinson itself. From its peak you
will be awestruck by the clarity of the views to the
nearby peaks of Mount Shinn and Mount Gardner,
and far beyond the South Pole. The route taken is
a low technical climb, but we are in a potentially
extreme environment that will offer a real physical
and mental challenge. It is advisable to book at
least 9 months in advance.
Impressive and exceptionally remote, Mount Sidley is to be found in one of Antarctica’s least travelled
corners of its polar ice sheet making it a truly special place to visit. To date there have been very few
ascents of this, Antarctica’s highest volcano. One side of the mountain forms a huge caldera crater with
a diameter of 5 km, with its internal walls forming a sheer one kilometer high cliff of ice.
On the other side there are blue ice slopes that rise gently to the crater rim giving easy
access to its summit. Sidley’s spectacular remote setting is a ‘must do’ for adventurous
mountaineers in search of one of the most remote and unique places on earth!
Mount VinsonDuration: 16 Days | Grade: 3C
Altitude: 4892m | Deposit: £4000
Start Date End Date Land only
Mon 23 Nov Tue 08 Dec 15 $39,000
Fri 04 Dec Sat 19 Dec 15 $39,000
Tue 15 Dec Wed 30 Dec 15 $39,000
Fri 26 Dec Sun 10 Jan 16 $39,000
Wed 06 Jan Thu 21 Jan 16 $39,000
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
This trip starts and finishes in Punta Arenas
Flights available from £950
Return international flights must be changeable and booked
to depart Punta Arenas one week after the dates shown here
in case of delays.
Mount Vinson and Ski Last Degree
Duration: 29 Days | Grade: 3D
Altitude: 4892m | Deposit: £8000
Start Date End Date Land only
Sat 21 Nov Sat 19 Dec 15 $75,000
Wed 02 Dec Wed 30 Dec 15 $75,000
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
This trip starts and finishes in Punta Arenas
Return international flights must be changeable and booked
to depart Punta Arenas one week after the dates shown here
in case of delays.
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 64
The Po
lesPh
oto
: Rob
in B
eadle
North Pole Ski Last Degree
South Pole Ski Last DegreeDuration: 16 Days | Grade: 2D
Altitude: 2800m | Deposit: £4000
Start Date End DateLandonly
Fri 04 Dec Sat 19 Dec 15 $59,750
Tue 15 Dec Wed 30 Dec 15 $59,750
Thu 31 Dec Fri 15 Jan 16 $59,750
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
This trip starts and finishes in Punta Arenas
Return international flights must be changeable and booked
to depart Punta Arenas one week after the dates shown here
in case of delays.
North Pole Ski Last DegreeDuration: 16 Days | Grade: 2D
Altitude: 10m | Deposit: £4000
Start Date End Date Land only
Sat 28 Mar Sun 12 Apr 15 £32,500
Sat 11 Apr Sun 26 Apr 15 £32,500
Sat 26 Mar Sun 10 Apr 16 £33,500
Sat 09 Apr Sun 24 Apr 16 £33,500
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
This trip starts and finishes in Longyearbyen
Return international flights must be changeable and booked
to depart Longyearbyen one week after the dates shown here
in case of delays.
South Pole Ski Last Degree
If you have always dreamed of a journey to the top of
the world, but could not afford the cost or have the
time to invest in a full 60 day expedition, Adventure
Peaks offers an exciting two week alternative: The
Last Degree Expedition.
Unlike the journey to South Pole this expedition is
across dynamic pack ice that requires
you to be flexible to deal with the
many obstacles that you will face;
open water, huge pressure ridges
and extreme weather. The expedition begins in
the remote village of Longyearbyen in Norway,
well above the Arctic Circle, from where we take a
charter flight close to latitude 89 degrees north. From
here we set out for the Geographic North Pole - an
incredibly beautiful and breath taking journey that
will be a tough test of endurance in temperatures as
cold as -35°C. In less than two weeks you will have
arrived at the top of the globe, before a helicopter
picks you up for your return journey.
The Last Degree journey to the South Pole can be done independently or in conjunction
with our Mount Vinson expedition. Experience the vast wilderness and the challenges
faced by early explorers as you ski across Antarctica’s icy floor on this polar expedition.
The journey begins at 89° South and you travel by ski and sled for over 100kms to the
most southerly point on Earth - the Geographic South Pole.
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 65
Africa
Walking Toubkal in Winter
Pho
to: O
lan Parkin
son
North Africa’s highest mountain offers a unique opportunity to do some fine winter mountaineering
and snow and ice climbing at grades I to II. The week will cover: snow belays, rock & ice
anchors, multi-pitch climbing, route choice & avalanche avoidance and movement &
techniques. Throughout the expedition we will aim to ascend some classic routes on
Morocco’s 4000m peaks.
Winter Mountaineering in Morocco
The Atlas Mountains from December to April
provide a great opportunity to put your winter
walking skills to the test whilst climbing two
magnificent snow covered Moroccan peaks in a
unique environment. As the initial slope on the
ascent of Toubkal is fairly steep and in icy condition
a fall could have serious consequences, we do
insist that participants have previous experience
of walking with crampons and know how to do an
ice axe arrest.
Mount Toubkal, known locally as
Jebel Toubkal stands at 4167m above
sea level and commands superb
views of the High Atlas Mountains.
Our approach trek passes through remote villages
that offer an insight into the life of the Berbers, a
culture that has hardly changed for centuries.
Following a careful program of acclimatisation we
aim to make an ascent of Ouankerim (4088m),
Morocco’s third highest summit and Toubkal
(4167m), the highest mountain in North Africa.
The views across the Jebel Siroua and towards
the Sahara are well worth the effort. Reports
say “What a great trip! You get the full hit of
everything in Morocco; hustlers, markets, wacky
spices, beautiful mountains, great food and really
friendly people make it a trip to be remembered
for a long time”.
Pho
to: D
ave Pritt
Walking Toubkal in WinterDuration: 8 Days | Grade: 2B
Altitude: 4167m | Deposit: £200
Start Date End Date Land only
Sat 27 Dec Sat 03 Jan 15 £535
Sat 17 Jan Sat 24 Jan 15 £535
Sat 24 Jan Sat 31 Jan 15 £535
Sat 14 Feb Sat 21 Feb 15 £535
Sat 21 Feb Sat 28 Feb 15 £535
Sat 28 Feb Sat 07 Mar 15 £535
Sat 07 Mar Sat 14 Mar 15 £535
Sat 14 Mar Sat 21 Mar 15 £535
Sat 26 Dec Sat 02 Jan 16 £535
Sat 16 Jan Sat 23 Jan 16 £535
Sat 23 Jan Sat 30 Jan 16 £535
Sat 13 Feb Sat 20 Feb 16 £535
Sat 20 Feb Sat 27 Feb 16 £535
Sat 27 Feb Sat 05 Mar 16 £535
Sat 05 Mar Sat 12 Mar 16 £535
Sat 12 Mar Sat 19 Mar 16 £535
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Winter Mountaineering in Morocco
Duration: 8 Days | Grade: 3B
Altitude: 4167m | Deposit: £200
Start Date End Date Land only
Sat 24 Jan Sat 31 Jan 15 £1,050
Sat 31 Jan Sat 07 Feb 15 £1,050
Sat 14 Feb Sat 21 Feb 15 £1,050
Sat 21 Feb Sat 28 Feb 15 £1,050
Sat 28 Feb Sat 07 Mar 15 £1,050
Sat 23 Jan Sat 30 Jan 16 £1,095
Sat 30 Jan Sat 06 Feb 16 £1,095
Sat 13 Feb Sat 20 Feb 16 £1,095
Sat 20 Feb Sat 27 Feb 16 £1,095
Sat 27 Feb Sat 05 Mar 16 £1,095
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Pho
to: O
lan Parkin
son
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 66
Africa
Mount MaromokotroMaromokotro may only stand 2876m high, but it
requires a tough 14 day trek through remote and
untouched country to climb it.
From Madagascar’s capital - Antananarivo (known
locally as Tana), you fly north to the coastal town of
Diego Suarez to begin the trip. Diego is one of the
world’s largest natural harbours and is a quiet town,
full of crumbling French colonialism,
2CV’s and graced with wonderful
sunsets. Here you depart by 4 x 4 as far
as the road will go (weather and mud
permitting), before the trek begins.
Trek days make full use of the daylight, with a break
for lunch under the largest tree you can find as the
temperature rises. Nights are truly dark and the
stargazers amongst you will love the untainted view
of the night sky. As you approach the Tsaratanana
Massif, open savannah is slowly replaced with rolling
countryside, dense jungle and an amazing moorland
standing at over 2000m. There are stunning
waterfalls, beautiful rivers and a peace which is
difficult to describe.
This is Africa’s second highest mountain, with
gleaming and eroded snow capped peaks. There
are three summits; for walkers Point Lenana
4985m (1B) and for climbers Batian 5199m and
Nelion 5188m (3B- S/VS rock). Adventure Peaks,
unlike most others, gives you the option to climb
them all, ideal if only one of you is a climber, you
can enjoy the walk in together and head for your
separate summits on the final day.
Our choice of route provides excellent
acclimatisation by traversing Mount
Kenya linking two of its most famous
trails - the Sirimon and Naro Moru. Throughout,
the trek offers spectacular ever changing scenery:
vistas of vast plains bordering the Great Rift Valley,
dense forest, deep gorges, waterfalls, moorland,
glaciers and mountain tarns.
Climbers get to tackle the twin peaks of Nelion
and Batian via the Mckinders route and the Gates
of the Mist to its true summit, a 19 pitch climb
on good rock. This is a classic route in spectacular
surroundings. Experienced climbers can share the
leading. Walkers ascend to Point Lenana
Mount Kenya Climb or Trek
The peak it’self is technically a trek, and was first
climbed by the French in 1936. A small cairn
sit’s on the summit, where wonderful views of
the island can be seen, before you head out on a
different path, through remote villages and farms.
If you want to experience a truly remote mountain,
then this is for you…
Mount MaromokotroDuration: 16 Days | Grade: 1B
Altitude: 2876m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 23 May Tue 09 Jun 15 £1,925 £2,725
Sat 18 Jul Tue 04 Aug 15 £1,925 £2,725
Sat 01 Aug Tue 18 Aug 15 £1,925 £2,725
Sat 05 Sep Tue 22 Sep 15 £1,925 £2,725
Sat 21 May Tue 07 Jun 16 £1,995 £2,820
Sat 16 Jul Tue 02 Aug 16 £1,995 £2,820
Sat 30 Jul Tue 16 Aug 16 £1,995 £2,820
Sat 03 Sep Tue 20 Sep 16 £1,995 £2,820
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Daw
n Peak p
ho
to: N
igel V
ardy
Kilimanjaro extensionMount Kenya can be combined with a Kilimanjaro
extension to complete an ascent of Africa’s two highest
mountains.
Mount Kenya climb or TrekDuration: 12 Days | Grade: 4C / T4
Altitude: 5199m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 27 Dec Wed 07 Jan 15 £2,350 £3,350
Sat 03 Jan Wed 14 Jan 15 £2,350 £2,950
Sat 14 Feb Wed 25 Feb 15 £2,350 £2,950
Sat 01 Aug Wed 12 Aug 15 £2,350 £3,150
Sat 26 Dec Wed 06 Jan 16 £2,395 £3,395
Sat 02 Jan Wed 13 Jan 16 £2,395 £3,095
Sat 13 Feb Wed 24 Feb 16 £2,395 £3,095
Sat 06 Aug Wed 17 Aug 16 £2,395 £3,195
Sat 24 Dec Wed 04 Jan 17 £2,395 £3,145
Sat 31 Dec Wed 11 Jan 17 £2,395 £3,095
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Safari + 3 days £650 - £800
Kilimanjaro Extension + 7 days £1,395
Africa
TRUST ISEARNED
Creating outstanding outdoor gear for more than 45 years, tested to the extreme to withstand some of the most inhospitable places on earth. Berghaus are a brand you can really trust to take you anywhere, whatever your adventure.
www.berghaus.com
BERGHAUS, and LIVE FOR ADVENTURE are registered trade marks of Berghaus Limited. © 2014
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 68
Sou
th A
merica
This classic expedition to the Cordillera Real
offers a magnificent setting for the mountaineer
to ascend some magnificent and shapely peaks.
We acclimatise in La Paz and beside Lake Titicaca,
with visits to Inca ruins and the Island of the
Sun. Acclimatised, we trek into the Condoriri
area, described as “truly fairylike”; pyramidal
mountains with pure snow faces, elegant ridges
and fields of penitents. We warm up on Pico
Austria (5100m) and Pyramid Blanca before
tackling the elegant and beautiful
Pequeno Alpamayo (5337m). We
return to La Paz for a day’s rest
before tackling Huayna Potosi
(6094m), a two day ascent and the high point of
the short expedition. For those with extra time
we move to Illimani (6462m), a fitting climax to
a fantastic expedition.
Bolivia has certainly lived up to its reputation for
having the most stable and reliable weather. We
have always had the most wonderful weather
allowing us to complete our full programme
of peaks. This expedition is ideal for those
who have completed a Winter Mountaineering
course, an Alpine course or an expedition such as
Mera Peak or the Ecuador Volcanoes.
Bolivian Peaks
Bolivian PeaksDuration: 22 Days | Grade: 3C
Altitude: 6462m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 13 Jun Sat 04 Jul 15 £2,445 £3,495
Sat 18 Jul Sat 08 Aug 15 £2,445 £3,495
Sat 08 Aug Sat 29 Aug 15 £2,445 £3,495
Sat 05 Sep Sat 26 Sep 15 £2,445 £3,495
Sat 11 Jun Sat 02 Jul 16 £2,495 £3,645
Sat 16 Jul Sat 06 Aug 16 £2,495 £3,645
Sat 06 Aug Sat 27 Aug 16 £2,495 £3,645
Sat 03 Sep Sat 24 Sep 16 £2,495 £3,645
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Amazon Basin +4 days £425
Machu Picchu +4 days £525
Uyuni Salt Lake +5 days £395
Bolivian Peaks (short)Duration: 16 Days | Grade: 3B
Altitude: 6080m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 13 Jun Sun 28 Jun 15 £1,845 £2,895
Sat 18 Jul Sun 02 Aug 15 £1,845 £2,895
Sat 08 Aug Sun 23 Aug 15 £1,845 £2,895
Sat 05 Sep Sun 20 Sep 15 £1,845 £2,895
Sat 11 Jun Sun 26 Jun 16 £1,895 £2,945
Sat 16 Jul Sun 31 Jul 16 £1,895 £2,945
Sat 06 Aug Sun 21 Aug 16 £1,895 £2,945
Sat 03 Sep Sun 18 Sep 16 £1,895 £2,945
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Amazon Basin +4 days £425
Machu Picchu + 4 days £525
Uyuni Salt Lake + 5 days £395
Pho
to: Stu
Peacock
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 69
objective, it is easy to see why.
Chopicalqui (6354m) has one of the most
spectacular summit ridges and summits in all of
the Cordillera Blanca, you will not be disappointed.
We set up two higher camps to enable us to finally
make our summit attempt.
Adventure Peaks first climbed Chopicalqui in 2008
as an alternative to Huascaran when it was in
poor condition. We have combined this stunning
peak with others to create an expedition to some
of Peru’s most exciting peaks. The Cordillera
Blanca forms a chain of dramatic summits that
offers some of the most stunning climbing and
glaciated scenery found anywhere in the world.
The expedition offers a higher but less technical
challenge than Alpamayo and is perfect for those
who have completed a Winter Mountaineering
course and have climbed Scottish Grade I/II, or
climbed Mont Blanc Alpine PD+
Our expedition originates from Huaraz and quickly
moves along the relatively flat and wooded Ishinca
Valley. We set up Base Camp high up in this valley,
with a mesmerizing array of jagged snow capped
peaks surrounding us; a classic
amphitheatre of towering rock and
ice. We acclimatise on relatively
straightforward peaks such as Urus
(5423m) and Ishinca (5530m). We then make our
way to the stunning Llanganuco Valley, with its
twin turquoise lagoons and towering peaks. Here
we climb Pisco (5752m), one of the most popular
climbs in the Cordillera Blanca. When we attain
the summit and look out over the superb views to
Alpamayo, Huascarán and Chopicalqui our main
Sou
th A
merica
Peaks of Peru
AlpamayoDuration: 23 Days | Grade: 4B
Altitude: 5947m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 20 Jun Sun 12 Jul 15 £2,795 £3,695
Sat 25 Jul Sun 16 Aug 15 £2,795 £3,695
Sat 18 Jun Sun 10 Jul 16 £2,895 £3,845
Sat 23 Jul Sun 14 Aug 16 £2,895 £3,845
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Alpamayo
Peaks of PeruDuration: 23 Days | Grade: 3C
Altitude: 6354m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 20 Dec Sun 11 Jan 15 £2,925 £3,825
Sat 20 Jun Sun 12 Jul 15 £2,925 £3,875
Sat 25 Jul Sun 16 Aug 15 £2,925 £3,875
Sat 19 Dec Sun 10 Jan 16 £2,950 £3,900
Sat 18 Jun Sun 10 Jul 16 £2,950 £3,900
Sat 23 Jul Sun 14 Aug 16 £2,950 £3,900
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
With its sublimely steep and elegant lines,
Alpamayo undoubtedly deserves its regard
as one of the world’s most beautiful peaks.
Situated in the heart of the Cordillera Blanca,
its impressive fluted ice coat is a unique
spectacle, ranking its coveted peak alongside
Ama Dablam, the Matterhorn and Khan
Tengri. We ascend by way of the French Direct
Route as the Ferrari route is often threatened
by a huge serac.
We arrive in Huaraz and then make our way
along the expansive Ishinca Valley. At its head,
we set up our Base Camp in an unrivalled
setting below an awesome panorama of
rock, ice and snow. We take acclimatisation
seriously, and take to the summits of Urus
(5423m) and Ishinca (5530m) in preparation
for our final peak.
After a brief return stay in Huaraz, we head up
the famous Santa Cruz Valley to our second
Base Camp. Above this, we tackle an awkward
icefall at Scottish Grade 2, to the col below
Alpamayo’s imposing south west face. From
a second high camp, we move up the superb
line of the French Direct route to Alpamayo’s
shapely summit. You will be rewarded with
stunning views in all directions,
including straight down the fluted
ice slopes below us.
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 70
Sou
th A
merica
This very special expedition combines the
opportunity to climb wonderful snow capped
peaks and sufficient rest days to absorb the
culture, visit the colourful Indian market in Otavalo
and the hot springs of Papallacta.
Lying at the northern tip of the Andean Chain,
Ecuador is an astonishingly beautiful country that
has some of the highest volcanoes in the world.
You will be astounded at the unusual volcanic rock
landscapes and luxuriant vegetation
that gives Ecuador its unique
environment. Our expedition tackles
six of the best volcanic peaks, with
a careful programme of acclimatisation to ensure
you have the best chance of success, comfort
and enjoyment. We commence our journey from
Otavalo, near Quito, where we can absorb the
atmosphere and cultural diversity of the vibrant
markets and craft stalls.
We initially climb Fuya Fuya (4250m), next are
Illinizas (5116m), Imbabura (4600m) and Cayambe
(5790m) an ideal training peak where you can
either refresh or learn glacier skills before making
the ascent and moving onto the majestic Cotopaxi
(5897m). The image of this highest of active
volcanoes is an entrancing sight. We then provide
Ecuador Volcanoes
AntisanaThis is a compact expedition to a seldom-visited region of Ecuador that involves a glacial ascent taking
you through bizarre equatorial ice formations to the summit of Ecuador’s fourth highest peak. The
climb includes a combination of moderately angle glacial travel and short, steep sections that requires
moderate snow and ice climbing skills. From the summit there are wonderful views towards
the North Face of Cotopaxi and the Amazon Basin beyond. You aclimatise on Illiniza Sud
which in itself involves climbing steep snow and ice up to 50 degrees cumulating in a final
exhilarating summit ridge. No camping is involved as we make use of haciendas.
AntisanaDuration: 14 Days | Grade: 2B
Altitude: 5703m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 14 Nov Fri 27 Nov 15 £1,895 £2,695
Sat 19 Dec Fri 01 Jan 16 £1,895 £2,895
Sat 09 Jan Fri 22 Jan 16 £1,895 £2,695
Sat 12 Nov Fri 25 Nov 16 £1,950 £2,750
Sat 17 Dec Fri 30 Dec 16 £1,950 £2,950
Sat 07 Jan Fri 20 Jan 17 £1,950 £2,750
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Park Fees from £730 - £1000
Ecuador VolcanoesDuration: 16 Days | Grade: 2B
Altitude: 5897/6310m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 20 Dec Sun 04 Jan 15 £1,895 £2,845
Sat 10 Jan Sun 25 Jan 15 £1,895 £2,845
Sat 25 Jul Sun 09 Aug 15 £1,895 £2,845
Sat 12 Sep Sun 27 Sep 15 £1,895 £2,845
Sat 10 Oct Sun 25 Oct 15 £1,895 £2,845
Sat 19 Dec Sun 03 Jan 16 £1,950 £2,900
Sat 09 Jan Sun 24 Jan 16 £1,950 £2,900
Sat 23 Jul Sun 07 Aug 16 £1,950 £2,900
Sat 10 Sep Sun 25 Sep 16 £1,950 £2,900
Sat 08 Oct Sun 23 Oct 16 £1,950 £2,900
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Chimborazo +4 days £625
Antisana +2 days £525
Galapagos Islands +4-8 days from £1,295
La Sportiva products are distributed in the UK and Ireland by Lyon Equipment - www.lyon.co.uk
Realise your dreams
9084-LS Adventure peaks ad.indd 1 19/08/2014 15:16
an optional extension to tackle Chimborazo
(6310m) the highest peak in Ecuador or Antisana
(5703m) a beautiful but rarely climbed peak in the
remote Altiplano region of Ecuador.
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 71
Sou
th A
merica
La Sportiva products are distributed in the UK and Ireland by Lyon Equipment - www.lyon.co.uk
Realise your dreams
9084-LS Adventure peaks ad.indd 1 19/08/2014 15:16
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 72
Sou
th A
merica
Just sixty metres lower than Aconcagua, Ojos del Salado can be found on the edge of the Atacama Desert
(the driest spot on earth) and is the world’s highest volcano. Our journey to the mountain takes us by jeep
to the remote region of the Chilean Altiplano where few people go passing through salt flats and pristine
mountain lakes in this region of amazing beauty. We acclimatise on the beautiful peak of
Vn Copiapó 6052m, before making our ascent of the majestic massif of Ojos del Salado
where the 360º summit views are beyond description. No crowds on this peak!
You can extend your stay to climb Aconcagua.
Ojos del Salado
Ojo
s del Salad
o Ph
oto
: Ali Lew
is
ojos del SaladoDuration: 16 Days | Grade: 2B
Altitude: 6893m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 14 Nov Sun 29 Nov 15 £2,500 £3,500
Sat 19 Dec Sun 03 Jan 16 £2,500 £3,500
Sat 09 Jan Sun 24 Jan 16 £2,500 £3,500
Sat 12 Nov Sun 27 Nov 16 £2,600 £3,600
Sat 17 Dec Sun 01 Jan 17 £2,600 £3,600
Sat 07 Jan Sun 22 Jan 17 £2,600 £3,600
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Domestic flights from £200
ojos del Salado and Aconcagua
Duration: 30 Days | Grade: 2C
Altitude: 6962m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 14 Nov Sun 13 Dec 15 £4,950 £5,950
Sat 19 Dec Sun 17 Jan 16 £4,950 £5,950
Sat 09 Jan Sun 07 Feb 16 £4,950 £5,950
Sat 12 Nov Sun 11 Dec 16 £5,050 £6,050
Sat 17 Dec Sun 15 Jan 17 £5,050 £6,050
Sat 07 Jan Sun 05 Feb 17 £5,050 £6,050
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
**Aconcagua Park fees are included in these prices*
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 73
Sou
th A
merica
Aconcagua Vacas Valley Route
This is a highly supported expedition to the
summit of Aconcagua. We will limit the team to 6
climbers and will provide leaders/guides on a 1:2
ratio (3 guides). Our aim is to reduce the physical
hardship and create maximum
flexibility to boost your summit
chance. You will not be required to
carry any group gear or food and
we will work with you in the months preceding
your expedition to make certain you have the very
lightest kit possible to further reduce your load.
The expedition will still be physically challenging
(all 7000m peaks are!) and you will still have
to work hard to reach the summit but you will
probably have the lightest load and a greater
depth of support.
Highly Supported Aconcagua
Aconcagua Vacas Valley Route
Duration: 23 Days | Grade: 2C
Altitude: 6962m | Deposit: £400
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 03 Jan Sun 25 Jan 15 £3,395 £4,495
Sat 17 Jan Sun 08 Feb 15 £3,395 £4,370
Sat 14 Nov Sun 06 Dec 15 £3,495 £4,470
Sat 28 Nov Sun 20 Dec 15 £3,495 £4,470
Sat 12 Dec Sun 03 Jan 16 £3,495 £4,595
Sat 19 Dec Sun 10 Jan 16 £3,495 £4,695
Sat 02 Jan Sun 24 Jan 16 £3,495 £4,470
Sat 09 Jan Sun 31 Jan 16 £3,495 £4,470
Sat 23 Jan Sun 14 Feb 16 £3,495 £4,470
Sat 12 Nov Sun 04 Dec 16 £3,495 £4,470
Sat 26 Nov Sun 18 Dec 16 £3,495 £4,470
Sat 10 Dec Sun 01 Jan 17 £3,495 £4,645
Sat 17 Dec Sun 08 Jan 17 £3,495 £4,645
Sat 31 Dec Sun 22 Jan 17 £3,495 £4,470
Sat 07 Jan Sun 29 Jan 17 £3,495 £4,470
Sat 21 Jan Sun 12 Feb 17 £3,495 £4,470
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
**Park fees are included in these prices*
Highly supported Aconcagua
Duration: 23 Days | Grade: 2B
Altitude: 6962m | Deposit: £600
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 03 Jan Sun 25 Jan 15 £3,995 £5,095
Sat 17 Jan Sun 08 Feb 15 £3,995 £4,970
Sat 21 Nov Sun 13 Dec 15 £4,150 £5,025
Sat 05 Dec Sun 27 Dec 15 £4,150 £5,150
Sat 19 Dec Sun 10 Jan 16 £4,150 £5,250
Sat 09 Jan Sun 31 Jan 16 £4,150 £5,025
Sat 16 Jan Sun 07 Feb 16 £4,150 £5,025
Sat 19 Nov Sun 11 Dec 16 £4,150 £5,025
Sat 03 Dec Sun 25 Dec 16 £4,150 £5,200
Sat 17 Dec Sun 08 Jan 17 £4,150 £5,200
Sat 07 Jan Sun 29 Jan 17 £4,150 £5,025
Sat 14 Jan Sun 05 Feb 17 £4,150 £5,025
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
**Park fees are included in these prices
Outstanding success with a consistently high average of clients reaching the summit - up to 81%.
Named “Aconcagua” (the stone sentinel) by the Incas, Aconcagua is the highest peak in the Southern
and Western hemispheres, and the world’s highest summit outside of the Himalaya. Numerous hanging
glaciers fall from its huge massif, and the surrounding mountains are steeply sloped and incredibly arid.
This is an environment for mountaineering enthusiasts; a potentially extreme and isolated place, and
worthy of its climatic and climbing challenges. Aconcagua’s height alone is a magnet for climbers and
trekkers alike, and we do not underestimate the enormity of this Argentinean giant.
Our approach to Base Camp will be from the North East through the Rocky Vacas Valley. This is a much less
frequented approach than the normal Horcones Valley, giving you a far better experience away from the
crowds. Once rested and acclimatised, we establish three further camps before making our summit bid. From
our dramatic high camp location we gradually traverse the mountain to join the normal route a little way
before the famous Caneletta. A tough ascent which culminates in a summit with breathtaking views. The
Vacas Route offers the strong walker, with prior ice axe and crampon experience, the opportunity to ascend one
of the world’s highest trekking summits. Although you will not require any previous climbing experience, the
trekking is at very high altitude and therefore requires a good level of fitness, commitment and determination.
The climb is very weather dependent, and we have, therefore, allowed for more summit days
than most other expedition providers. This generally improves our success rates, and if we make
the ascent early we can return to Mendoza to enjoy its vibrant and eclectic cultural sights.
**Based on fees payable November 2014
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 74
Sou
th A
merica
BE BOLDYannick Graziani I Annapurna south face
S. Benoist
EVEREST SUMMIT GTX
These boots have touched the 14 peaks above 8,000m. Precise and warm,
even in-tent, thanks to removable inners. Isothermal to -60°C. Cordura® and
Superfabric® anti-perforation upper. Polyester and aluminium slipper, high-
thermicity PrimaLoft® insulation. Lightweight, high-traction Vibram® outsole.
1 330 grs
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 75
Cho Oyu - 100% Success in 2013 & 2014
8000m Pea
ks
Cho Oyu is the sixth highest mountain in the world
and, even though it is regarded as a technically
straightforward 8000m peak, its altitude is
a serious undertaking and requires careful
preparation and a high level of fitness. It is said
that Cho Oyu means ‘Goddess of Turquoise’, as
its stark shadows appear this colour in the light
of the setting sun when viewed from Tibet. This
mountain is a vast bulk of sweeping snow slopes
and clean glaciated lines; a most noble and
impressive first 8000m peak.
The elegant North West face of Cho Oyu brings
us up fairly easy angled 30 degree
snow slopes. There is one steep
serac barrier to negotiate at 6800m.
Where necessary, fixed lines will be
placed to aid us on steeper sections. Following our
acclimatisation walks in Nylam and Tingri, we will
arrive at the Chinese Base Camp where we begin
our exciting preparations to move up to Base Camp
at 5700m via an Intermediate Camp at around
5400m, to aid acclimatisation.
Camp 1 (6400m) is reached in 4-6 hours via an
initial walk up the Gyabrag Glacier, up a steep
scree to a broad snow shoulder and our first high
camp.
Camp 2 (7100m) we follow the snow ridge out
of Camp 1 to a steep 50 metre ice wall, which
provides us with our most challenging climb on
this route. To make this ascent safe we use fixed
ropes.
Camp 3 (7500m) we are now on easier ground and
cho oyuDuration: 43 Days | Grade: 3D
Altitude: 8201m | Deposit: £1000
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 11 Apr Sat 23 May 15 £9,950 £10,700
Sat 29 Aug Sat 10 Oct 15 £9,950 £10,700
Sat 09 Apr Sat 21 May 16 £10,750 £11,500
Sat 27 Aug Sat 08 Oct 16 £10,750 £11,500
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Flights from £750
Oxygen from £950
Sherpa 1:1 price on request
we reach our third camp in around four hours. At
this altitude there is a tremendous sense of effort
to gain further height.
Summit Day: It takes 6-9 hours to attain Cho Oyu’s
grand summit plateau. The route takes us over
moderately easy snow and rock; it is now only the
weather and altitude that can stand in our way of
conquering this grand 8000m peak.
100% success
in 2013
Pho
to: M
artin B
arnet
An amazing adventure to central Nepal, Manaslu is the eighth highest mountain in the world. The team helicopter in and out from Samagon, a 30-40 minute flight from Kathmandu, allowing us to maximise the summit weather window on the mountain. Should you prefer to trek from Arughat this can be arranged but will increase the trip duration by seven days.
We climb the classic North East face via four camps utilising the support of a regular team of climbing sherpas. The climbing route is fairly direct with the steepest sections through the serac field between Camp 1
& Camp 2. However, these sections are not sustained and there are no major technical difficulties beyond the ice cliffs/seracs. We weave through on the approach to Camp 4 and the final snow arête to the summit. Summit day itself typically takes 7 hours on ascent and we would normally expect to clear back down to Camp 2 the same day.
The expedition is a professionally-led non-guided expedition for experienced mountaineers who want to work as part of a team to tackle the mountain in conjunction with our leader and Sherpa team.
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 76
8000m Pea
ks
Manaslu
ManasluHELIcoPTER APPRoAcH + EXIT
Duration: 43 Days | Grade: 4D
Altitude: 8163m | Deposit: £1000
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sun 23 Aug Sun 04 Oct 15 £8,750 £9,500
Sun 21 Aug Sun 02 Oct 16 £8,995 £9,745
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Sherpa 1:1 price on request
Pho
to: Stu
Peacock
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 77
Gasherbrum II
8000m Pea
ks
Gasherbrum II is the least difficult of the Karakoram’s 8000m Peaks and provides a good introduction to
the world of extreme high altitude mountaineering combined with one of the best treks in the world. The
route is objectively safe with technical difficulties of, at most, Alpine AD on some sections.
For this trip you should have previous experience of climbing to around 6800m and be technically competent to Scottish grade II/Alpine AD-.
Gasherbrum IIDuration: 47 Days | Grade: 3D
Altitude: 8035m | Deposit: £1000
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 20 Jun Wed 05 Aug 15 £9,500 £10,150
Sat 18 Jun Wed 03 Aug 16 £9,750 £10,400
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Oxygen from £1100
Sherpa 1:1 price on request
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 78
8000m Pea
ks
To the mountaineer, K2 can be regarded as the
‘mountain of mountains’. Its allure arises from the
combination of its isolation, extremes of weather,
great altitude and technical climbing demands;
K2 is a very serious and compelling
objective. Our challenging route takes
us onto the well documented Abruzzi
Spur. This is one of six fine ridges that
form a classical summit pyramid of rock and ice.
Even though this route has become one of the most
common, it is by no means straightforward. We
negotiate steep snow slopes and difficult rock steps
over very open and exposed ground, including the
infamous ‘Bottleneck’ at around 8000m. The vertical
height gain from Base Camp to summit is over
K2
K2Duration: 68 Days | Grade: 6D
Altitude: 8611m | Deposit: £1000
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 13 Jun Fri 21 Aug 15 £12,000 £12,650
Sat 11 Jun Fri 19 Aug 16 £12,500 £13,150
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Oxygen from £1,600
Sherpa 1:1 price on request
K2 and Broad PeakDuration: 75 Days | Grade: 6D
Altitude: 8611m | Deposit: £1000
13.2 mm End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 13 Jun Fri 28 Aug 15 £14,750 £15,400
Sat 11 Jun Fri 26 Aug 16 £15,250 £15,900
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Oxygen from £2,500
Sherpa 1:1 price on request
3500m, on which we will aim to place five further
camps to support our ascent and acclimatisation.
You must have previous experience of 8000m and be
technically skilled to at least Scottish Grade 3.
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 79
Broad Peak
8000m Pea
ks
Broad PeakDuration: 47 Days | Grade: 4D
Altitude: 8047m | Deposit: £1000
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 13 Jun Fri 31 Jul 15 £10,250 £10,900
Fri 12 Jun Thu 30 Jul 16 £10,500 £11,150
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Oxygen from £1,100
Sherpa 1:1 price on request
Perhaps you have no ambition to climb K2? Broad Peak is attainable by the less technically skilled mountaineer who wants to climb in the shadow of K2, which is directly opposite.
Base Camp will be established on the medial moraine of the Goodwin-Austen Glacier at 4900m, followed by three further camps at higher intervals on the mountain. Attractive snow and rock scrambling weaves through the lower slopes onto the crest of the West Spur. Further up, our route hits the smooth lines of terrific glaciated slopes, with occasional ice walls to overcome
above 7500m. A well defined ridge leads from the Col at 7800m to the summit, with extensive views towards K2, only five miles away. You should have previously
climbed to around 6800m and be technically competent to Scottish grade II/Alpine AD-.
However, this is a professionally led non-guided expedition for experienced mountaineers who want to work as part of a team to tackle the mountain. We say non-guided because our leader and climbing Sherpa team working with you will not be able to protect your every move. You must, therefore, have a broad base of mountaineering experience enabling you to be capable and willing to move between camps with minimal assistance. You will have good support on the mountain from our leader and Sherpa team who will climb with you.
We have gained a reputation for success on 8000m peaks; much is to do with the strength
of support we put in place. On Gasherbrum, Broad Peak and K2 we add considerable strength to our team by bringing in the support of our best Nepali Sherpas to work alongside our team of Pakistani high altitude porters.
Pho
tos: Stu
Peacock
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 80
8000m Pea
ks
FOR THE MOST EXTREME CONDITIONS IN THE WORLD
Rab’s highest quality down has been treated with Nikwax hydrophobic down technology. This flexible Durable Water Repellent (DWR) finish is applied at source onto each individual down filament. This treatment reduces absorption of moisture into the down cluster, protecting it from perspiration, condensation and precipitation and maintaining loft and insulation in cold and damp conditions.
Keeping the down cluster free from moisture allows it to loft more effectively for longer when in damp conditions. Additionally, it is protected from microbial action which can cause breakdown of damp down, increasing the potential lifetime of your gear.
Combining the highest quality down, the Nikwax Hydrophobic Down technology and the high quality Pertex® fabrics make Rab® products perform in the most extreme conditions in the world.
ABSORBS LESS WATER DRIES FASTER RETAINS LOFT FLUOROCARBON FREENIKWAX TREATED DOWN
Rab® started making down products 30 years ago and over that time we have cemented our position at the pinnacle of down product design and manufacturing. The hydrophobic treatment gives increased performance for people pushing gear to the limit in the most extreme conditions in the world.
FOR THE MOST EXTREME CONDITIONS IN THE WORLD
EXPERIENCE & DETERMINATIONATTEMPTING TO CLIMB NANGA PARBAT IN WINTER CONDITIONS
Nanga Parbat stands 8126m proud in the western corner of the Himalayas. In December 2013 the Rab® supported Nanga Dream Expedition travelled to the Himalaya in an attempt to claim the coveted first winter ascent. Tomek Mackiewicz, Marek Klonowski, Jacek Teler, Paweł Dunaj, Michal Dzikowski, Michał Obrycki from Poland spent a total of 100+ days on the mountain, with numerous attempts on the summit. Though experienced mountaineers, the team was ultimately unsuccessful. Two of the team went for one last summit attempt on day March 7th and were caught in an avalanche. Luckily, suffering only minor injuries, they were evacuated to the nearest hospital where they made a full recovery. Nanga Dream reached a high point of 7400m, and experienced climbing in temperatures down to -25. Fully recovered from the injuries, the team is making plans to return to Nanga Parbat in 2015.
phot
o: M
ichal
Dzik
owsk
i - cl
ears
kiesa
head
.com
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 81
FOR THE MOST EXTREME CONDITIONS IN THE WORLD
Rab’s highest quality down has been treated with Nikwax hydrophobic down technology. This flexible Durable Water Repellent (DWR) finish is applied at source onto each individual down filament. This treatment reduces absorption of moisture into the down cluster, protecting it from perspiration, condensation and precipitation and maintaining loft and insulation in cold and damp conditions.
Keeping the down cluster free from moisture allows it to loft more effectively for longer when in damp conditions. Additionally, it is protected from microbial action which can cause breakdown of damp down, increasing the potential lifetime of your gear.
Combining the highest quality down, the Nikwax Hydrophobic Down technology and the high quality Pertex® fabrics make Rab® products perform in the most extreme conditions in the world.
ABSORBS LESS WATER DRIES FASTER RETAINS LOFT FLUOROCARBON FREENIKWAX TREATED DOWN
Rab® started making down products 30 years ago and over that time we have cemented our position at the pinnacle of down product design and manufacturing. The hydrophobic treatment gives increased performance for people pushing gear to the limit in the most extreme conditions in the world.
FOR THE MOST EXTREME CONDITIONS IN THE WORLD
EXPERIENCE & DETERMINATIONATTEMPTING TO CLIMB NANGA PARBAT IN WINTER CONDITIONS
Nanga Parbat stands 8126m proud in the western corner of the Himalayas. In December 2013 the Rab® supported Nanga Dream Expedition travelled to the Himalaya in an attempt to claim the coveted first winter ascent. Tomek Mackiewicz, Marek Klonowski, Jacek Teler, Paweł Dunaj, Michal Dzikowski, Michał Obrycki from Poland spent a total of 100+ days on the mountain, with numerous attempts on the summit. Though experienced mountaineers, the team was ultimately unsuccessful. Two of the team went for one last summit attempt on day March 7th and were caught in an avalanche. Luckily, suffering only minor injuries, they were evacuated to the nearest hospital where they made a full recovery. Nanga Dream reached a high point of 7400m, and experienced climbing in temperatures down to -25. Fully recovered from the injuries, the team is making plans to return to Nanga Parbat in 2015.
phot
o: M
ichal
Dzik
owsk
i - cl
ears
kiesa
head
.com
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 82
8000m Pea
ks
Everest North Ridge RouteAdventure Peaks has been organizing expeditions to Tibet (Everest North Ridge and Cho Oyu) for over 12 years making us the most experienced and valued British company operating in Tibet and we are able to attract good International teams. There are those who scaremonger about Tibet giving indications that permits or visas won’t be available, this is a total nonsense. We are aware of the delicate visa process for entering the area and have been successfully sending teams twice yearly into Tibet without issue for over a decade
Along with other summiteers, we achieved the first British ascent of the millennium and the first Dutch ascent of the North Ridge. In 2003 we were successful in rescuing one of our clients from 8600m who had suffered a broken leg. Please read the full story on our website. That client returned to the mountain with us in 2006 and made a successful ascent. In 2004 our whole expedition was filmed by BBC 2 for the production ‘The Challenge’. This followed the progress of their client through his training in Scotland, the Alps, Aconcagua and then Everest. In 2005 we were successful in putting the youngest British person on the summit at the age of 21; in doing this he also became the youngest male in the world to complete the Seven Summits. In 2006 we put two even younger climbers on the summit at just 19 years old, along with 10 other climbers. In 2007 we put 12 climbers on the summit, Including Ian McKeever who broke the world speed record for the Seven Summits in 156 days. In 2008, no permits were issued on the North Side because of the Olympic Games, so we moved our team to the South and had a successful summit bid. In 2009, back on the North Side, we put 13 people on the summit. In 2010 we had further success with 11 people on the summit and Stu Peacock our operations manager became the first Briton to summit the North Ridge route three times. In 2011 we put 8 climbers on the summit and broke even more records. Geordie Stewart became the youngest person to complete the True 7 Summits, aged 22, at least for a couple of hours until George Atkinson summited and became, not only the youngest Briton to summit Everest, the youngest person to summit the True 7 Summits at the age of 16. We also helped Jaysen Arumugum become the first Mauritian to summit Everest. In 2012 our success continued and again in 2013 we achieved 80% success. Our 2014 expedition reached the summit on 25th May, unaffected by the sad events of the South Col route
The expedition is a professionally-led expedition for experienced mountaineers who want to work as part of a team to tackle the original Mallory and Irvine route from the Rongbuk glacier. We do not use the word “guided” as this implies a level of supervision and duty of care that is not realistic at extreme altitude. Our leader/s and Sherpa team will endeavor (and always have) to go to the top with you, however you should have sufficient experience to move on fixed lines between camps as part of a group without being independently guided.
Base Camp is established at the snout of the Rongbuk Glacier at 5200m, in preparation for the initial ascent of the East Rongbuk Glacier towards the North Col. Intermediate Camp at 5600m breaks the approach to Advance Base Camp and help members acclimatise. Advance Base Camp (6400m) is placed high on the moraine below the North Col. Camp 1 (7010m) on the North Col provides the springboard for the remainder of the ascent. Camp 2 (7800m) high up on the North Ridge. Camp 3 (8300m) established below the first step and the start of the more technically challenging section of the ridge. The final summit push will be made from here.We supply the very best in equipment, supplies and support:•British Expedition Leader
•1:2 Sherpa support
•Summit mask and oxygen
•Quality Food
•Weather reports
•Comfortable and well equipped Base Camp to maintain your
wellbeing in these harsh conditions.
Pho
to: R
ob
Smith
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 83
8000m Pea
ks
systems, comfort, food and Sherpa support to
maximize your chance of success. Our leaders
provide expertise and guidance - the support
they provide will make the difference between a
difficult trip and a successful one.
An attempt on Mount Everest is an enormous
undertaking which requires a huge amount of
dedication and determination: we are here to help
you. Please contact us for a copy of our detailed
information sheet or to talk through your dream.
We supply the very best in equipment, supplies and support:
•British Expedition Leader
•1:1 Sherpa support
•Summit mask and oxygen
•Quality Food
•Weather reports
•Comfortable and well equipped Base Camp
to maintain your wellbeing in these harsh
conditions.
Everest South Col RouteTo climb Everest, the world’s highest mountain at
8848m is the ultimate objective in many climbers’
minds, a most compelling and challenging
adventure. Our experience is amongst the best in
the world, with an outstanding client success rate.
Join Adventure Peaks in 2015 on their thirteenth
Mount Everest Expedition.
We specialize in preparing clients to tackle their
challenge with confidence. We ensure you have the
appropriate skills, physical endurance
and mental preparation. On the
mountain we provide a high level
of leadership, equipment, oxygen
Everest South col RouteDuration: 69 Days | Grade: 4D
Altitude: 8848m | Deposit: £1000
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 28 Mar Fri 05 Jun 15 £32,000 £32,750
Sat 26 Mar Fri 03 Jun 16 £32,000 £32,750
ADJUSTMENTS/ EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Oxygen Included
Sherpa 1:1 included
Everest North Ridge RouteDuration: 69 Days | Grade: 4D
Altitude: 8848m | Deposit: £1000
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 28 Mar Fri 05 Jun 15 £22,000 £22,750
Sat 26 Mar Fri 03 Jun 16 £23,000 £23,750
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Oxygen from £2600
Sherpa 1:1 £4500
Pho
to: Stu
Peacock
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 84
LhotseLhotse is the world’s fourth highest mountain and was first climbed by Ernest Reiss of Switzerland in 1956.
8000m Pea
ks
LhotseDuration: 59 Days | Grade: 4D
Altitude: 8516m | Deposit: £1000
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 04 Apr Tue 02 Jun 15 £14,000 £14,750
Fri 03 Apr Mon 01 Jun 15 £14,500 £15,250
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Oxygen from £1,100
Sherpa 1:1 price on request
Everest South Col route extension £16,500
Located next to Everest it shares the route towards the South Col route to Camp 3 (7300m) high on the
Lhotse Face. A final camp is placed at 7900m before the steep ice and rock Lhotse Couloir
is climbed to gain the impressive knife edge ridge that leads to the summit. Lhotse can
be climbed separately or in combination (a tough challenge) with our Everest South Col
Expedition.
Pho
to: Stu
Peacock
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 85
8000m Pea
ks
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 85
Treks
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 86
Our grading system gives an overall view of the
trip and takes into account a combination of
the distance trekked, toughness of the terrain,
altitude, weather, remoteness and finally the level
of support and comfort.
The grades should be read in conjunction with
each individual trek description and with an
understanding that some of the grades are based
on factors that are changeable. As a result the
grades can only provide a general indication. If
you have any questions about the nature of a
particular trek or whether it is suitable for you,
please contact the office.
T1- EASYIdeal for those who are looking for shorter days
on good paths at a low altitude. Manageable
by anyone in good health. Treks are usually day
excursions from comfortable accommodation.
These trips tend to provide more time for cultural
visits and related activities.
T2 – MODERATELonger treks, but still suitable for those of you
trying multiday treks for the first time. Usually
no more than seven days trekking during the trip.
The treks will mostly be on good paths; however,
for your enjoyment a reasonable level of fitness
is required as the treks could involve extended
amounts of ascent and descent. Mixture of hotel /
refuge / camping accommodation.
T3 – DIFFICULTThese treks are longer, more physically demanding
and go higher. Suitable for walkers who are
looking for ‘a bit’ of a physical challenge.
Accommodation will be mostly tents and/or basic
huts or teahouses. Occasional backpacking may be
necessary (see below).
T4 – CHALLENGINGThese treks will be physically demanding, often
involving altitude. Suitable for regular mountain
walkers who are used to extended multi day
trekking. These would be a big challenge for first
timers. Backpacking may be necessary (see below).
T5 – STRENUOUSThese are generally our longest treks which involve
multi day trekking reaching high altitudes. A
high level of fitness and readiness to ‘rough it’
is essential. Backpacking may be necessary (see
below).
T6 – TECHNICALThese are our toughest treks, bordering on
mountaineering. They involve multi day trekking in
isolated areas at high altitude. The treks may also
include high, difficult pass crossings and glacier
crossing and require some basic mountaineering
skills and equipment. A high level of fitness and
previous experience of ice axe, crampons and rope
work is essential.
b - backpackingA number of our treks (mostly treks in Europe)
Trekking grades
involve a certain amount of backpacking where
you will be required to carry your personal gear
with you. These are identified by a letter ‘b’ at the
end of the grade. The amount of carrying required
varies from trek to trek as we will arrange for your
main baggage to be transferred to some overnight
stops wherever possible. Full details of the amount
of carrying required is explained in the individual
trip dossiers which can be downloaded from our
website. With careful packing and using modern
lightweight equipment, 10kg should be the
absolute maximum you will need to carry – usually
it will be less.
Safety Warning - PLEASE READTrekking can be dangerous and carries an inherent risk of injury or death, which cannot be
eliminated. You must accept that, although we do our utmost to reduce risk, there always remains
a chance of accidents happening. Our leaders will continually make decisions about prevailing
snow conditions, the weather and the ability of individuals and the group with safety in mind. They
will make professional judgements to minimise the risk of objective dangers, such as avalanche,
ice-fall or stone-fall and weather but these risks cannot always be predicted nor removed whilst
in the mountains. All trekking at high altitude involves risks of altitude illness. Whilst our treks
have an appropriate acclimatisation period this cannot entirely remove the dangers of altitude
as individuals acclimatise at different rates and the symptoms can be unpredictable. Severe cases
necessitate descent and, in extreme cases death can occur.
Adventure Travel - Please ReadMany of our treks take place in the developing world where the limitation of facilities and
infrastructures can make travel unpredictable and the cultural differences can lead to inconsistency
in standards. You must be ready for the unexpected. For those who want to travel and enjoy
their trek, it is very important to set your expectations on the right level for a less economically
developed country. It is important to leave behind Western expectations and approach travel
with an open mind, patience and flexibility. The Adventure Peaks leaders will be working hard
to overcome problems which may occur and try to ensure that its standards of services are
maintained. You should, however, be aware that some events are beyond our control and we would
ask for your patience.
How we TrekWhilst on trek we aim to strike a good balance between freedom of movement and safety. There
is never any rush so if you are a slow walker – don’t worry! On long days we will set off early to
ensure we arrive at our destination in plenty of time. On the whole you will be able to walk at your
own pace in small groups with our leaders and guides keeping an eye on everyone and ensuring
no one rushes ahead and takes a wrong turning and no one is left behind. Treks are generally quite
informal and the whole team will regroup at regular intervals. We feel this allows you the freedom
to explore and to intermingle with fellow trekkers and local people.
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 87
Page Trek Grade Height (m) Days Country Region J F M A M J J A S O N D
88 Tour du Mont Blanc - the ‘TMB’ T4b 2665 15 Fra/Ita/Swi Europe < < < <
88 Tour of Monte Rosa T3b 3290 9 Swi/Ita Europe < <
89 Across the Alps - the GR5 T4b 2520 15 Fra / Swi Europe < < <
89 Walkers Haute Route T3b 2965 15 Fra / Swi Europe < < <
90 Best of the GR11 T3b 2782 14 Spain Europe < < <
90 The Pyrenean High Route - the ‘PHR’ T4b 3144 15 France Europe <
91 Zagoria Circuit - self guided T3b 2000 9 Greece Europe < < < < < <
91 Peaks of the Pindos T4b 2637 10 Greece Europe < < < <
92 GR20 complete with Monte Cinto T5b 2706 15 Corsica Europe < < < <
93 GR20 North and Monte Cinto T4b 2706 8 Corsica Europe < < < <
93 GR20 south - self guided T3b 2134 8 Corsica Europe < < < <
94 Bulgaria’s Rila and Pirin NEW T2 2914 8 Bulgaria Europe < < < <
94 Romania's Fagaras Mountains T3b 2545 8 Romania Europe < < <
95 Trek the Tatras - ‘The Spine’ NEW T5b 2499 9 Poland Europe < < < <
95 Tatras Explorer T2 2499 9 Poland Europe < < < < <
96 Iceland's Best Trek T3 1100 8 Iceland Europe < < < <
96 Georgia - The Caucasus T3 3430 13 Georgia Europe < < <
97 Annapurna Circuit T4 5416 23 Nepal Asia < < < <
97 Annapurna Sanctuary T3 4130 17 Nepal Asia < < < < < < <
98 Classic Everest T3 5554 18 Nepal Asia < < < < < < < <
98 Ultimate Everest T4 5554 23 Nepal Asia < < < < < <
99 Everest View T3 4100 12 Nepal Asia < < < < < < < <
99 Ama Dablam Base Camp T3 4750 16 Nepal Asia < <
100 Kangchenjunga Base Camp T5 5100 28 Nepal Asia < < <
100 Langtang and the Gosainkund Lakes T3 4610 17 Nepal Asia < < < < <
101 Everest North Advance Base Camp T5 6340 22 Nepal Asia < <
101 Manaslu and Annapurna Traverse T5 5416 25 Nepal Asia < < < <
102 In the Shadow of Nanda Devi T4 4150 18 India Asia < <
102 Ladakh's Markha Valley T4 5200 15 India Asia < <
103 South India - The Western Ghats T3 2640 14 India Asia < < < < <
103 Tso Moriri and Lungser Kangri T5 6662 22 India Asia < < <
104 Khan Tengri Base Camp T5b 4250 16 Kyrgyzstan Asia < <
104 Kyrgyzstan's 'Last Lake' - Son Kul T3 3608 11 Kyrgyzstan Asia < <
105 K2 Base Camp and the Gondogoro La T6 5585 23 Pakistan Asia < < <
106 Biafo - Hispar and Snow Lake T6 5151 23 Pakistan Asia < < <
106 Mongolia's Altai Mountains T4 4037 16 Mongolia Asia < <
107 High Atlas Trekking Summits T4 4167 12 Morocco Africa < < < < < <
107 Tichka to Toubkal Traverse T3 4167 13 Morocco Africa < < < <
108 Mount Toubkal Ascent T3 4167 8 Morocco Africa < < < < <
108 Siroua Summit and Saffron T2 3200 8 Morocco Africa < < < < < <
109 Ethiopia's Simien Mountains T5 4620 15 Ethiopia Africa < < < < < <
109 Malawi's Mulanje Mountain T3 3002 13 Malawi Africa < < < < <
110 Kilimanjaro - Rongai Route T4 5895 10 Tanzania Africa < < < < <
111 Kilimanjaro - Lemosho Route T4 5895 11 Tanzania Africa < < < < < <
111 Kilimanjaro - Machame Route T5 5895 9 Tanzania Africa < < < < < < < <
112 Mount Kenya and the Aberdares T4 4985 10 Kenya Africa < < < <
112 South Africa's Drakensburg T4 3482 10 South Africa Africa < < < < <
113 Best of Patagonia T2 1200 15 Argentina / Chile S. America < < < < <
113 Torres del Paine Circuit T3 1300 13 Chile S. America < < < < <
114 Bolivia's Royal Mountains T5 5200 18 Bolivia S. America < < <
114 Ecuador Explorer T3 5000 16 Ecuador S. America < < < < <
115 Roraima Tepuy and Angel Falls NEW T2/3 2700 14 Venezuela S. America < < <
116 Classic Inca Trail T3 4200 11 Peru S. America < < < < < < < < < <
116 Ausangate Circuit T4 5200 11 Peru S. America < < <
117 Choquequirao Trek T5 4100 12 Peru S. America < < < < <
118 An Antarctic Odyssey T2 1500 13 Antarctica Antarctica <
118 South Georgia crossing and Antarctica T6 1500 26 Antarctica Antarctica < < <
Choosing a Trek 7 Summits
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 88
Tour of Monte Rosa
Euro
pe
Tour du Mont Blanc - the ‘TMB’This is one of the world’s best long distance walks
circling Western Europe’s highest mountain, Mont
Blanc. Starting from Les Houches near Chamonix,
we trace an anti-clockwise route around the
massif, visiting Italy and Switzerland on the way.
We cross high passes and take the most exciting
variations to give you, the client, not only the best
views on offer but also a fantastic
sense of achievement. En-route,
we stay in comfortable mountain
refuges, lodges and hotels, many
in dramatic locations overlooking spectacular
scenery. This walk provides a balanced blend
of high mountain landscape with glaciers and
rock pinnacles interwoven with splendid Alpine
meadows and colourful flowers.
Our 15-day itinerary means that you will have
time to enjoy this fantastic walk to the full. OK it
can be completed in far fewer days (or even under
24 hours for top runners) but this is your holiday
and we have included two rest days (Courmayeur
and Chamonix) to allow you to enjoy the valleys
This extremely pretty tour of Monte Rosa is less
well known than some of the other classic long
walks of the Alps. It provides a challenge to the
fit hill walker, and an opportunity to get close to
some of the greatest scenery in the Alps, including
the Matterhorn, the Breithorn, the Weisshorn and
the Dufourspitze, at 4634m the second highest
summit of the Alpine Massif. Your baggage is
transferred from hotel to hotel enabling you to
carry just a backpack with essentials and of course
your camera most of the time.
Since 2012 we have shortened the
route to avoid the ‘Europaweg’
section which have been recently
subjected to landslides and has destroyed a key
bridge. We therefore start in Grächen and finish
in the delightful mountain town of Zermatt from
where we trace a clockwise route around the
range, visiting Italy for several nights on the way.
The walking route takes you across numerous
spectacular passes on trails that keep you close
to the mountains. We stay in a combination of
mountain refuges and small hotels, each with its
own speciality regional cooking and hospitality
which for many people provide one of the
highlights of the holiday.
Extensions:
Why not extend your stay in Zermatt?
Tour du Mont Blanc - the ‘TMB’
Duration: 15 days | Grade: T4b
Max altitude: 2665m | Group size: 6-12
• The best known Alpine circuit!• Three countries, three different cuisines•Comfortable accommodation plus baggage
transfers
Start Date End Date Land only
Sat 27 Jun Sat 11 Jul 15 £1,450
Sat 11 Jul Sat 25 Jul 15 £1,450
Sat 25 Jul Sat 08 Aug 15 £1,450
Sat 22 Aug Sat 05 Sep 15 £1,450
Sat 25 Jun Sat 09 Jul 16 £1,495
Sat 09 Jul Sat 23 Jul 16 £1,495
Sat 23 Jul Sat 06 Aug 16 £1,495
Sat 20 Aug Sat 03 Sep 16 £1,495
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Tour of Monte RosaDuration: 9 days | Grade: T3b
Max altitude: 3290m | Groupsize: 6-12
• The finest walk in Europe•Around Switzerland’s highest peak• ‘Chocolate box’ Swiss Alps scenery
Start Date End Date Land only
Sat 11 Jul Sun 19 Jul 15 £1,195
Sat 25 Jul Sun 02 Aug 15 £1,195
Sat 15 Aug Sun 23 Aug 15 £1,195
Sat 09 Jul Sun 17 Jul 16 £1,235
Sat 23 Jul Sun 31 Jul 16 £1,235
Sat 13 Aug Sun 21 Aug 16 £1,235
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Pho
to: M
artin Salter-Sm
ith
or take the opportunity to ride high on the Alpine
cable cars.
Extensions:
An Adventure Peaks Alpine Course or Mont Blanc
Summit - see pages 25-28
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 89
Euro
peAcross the Alps - the GR5
This exciting route, connecting two world-
renowned mountaineering centres, takes the
walker through the most spectacular scenery
the Alps has to offer, passing numerous 4000m
peaks but itself never quite rising above 3000m.
Measuring over 180km, and with at least eleven
high passes to cross it weaves its way across the
‘grain’ of the land between the Rhone Valley to
the north and the spine of the Alps to the south.
You will pass through remote hamlets, spectacular
valleys, flower-filled alps and deep forests, staying
overnight in a variety of dormitories, refuges and
hotels.
You need to carry a light backpack
on this trip, and have a good degree
of fitness to tackle over 10,000m of
ascent and descent on this trip.
The full GR5 starts at the Hook of Holland and finishes in Nice. Undoubtedly by far the most exciting and
dramatic section takes you from the shores of Lac Leman, south, over the Alps to Modane and on to the
Mediterranean coast. Crossing the Alps may seem like a daunting prospect for the ‘mere’ walker, but rest
assured the GR5 has sought out well graded paths across straightforward cols between the high peaks to
create a delightful route through stunning scenery.
Starting with a scenic train ride along the shores of the lake, the route soon takes you up into the hills.
Over the next few days you will be following valleys, crossing ridges and cols, spending
nights in refuges and small hotels as the views just get better and better as you get closer
and closer to Mont Blanc. Heading on south the route meanders through the Vanoise
National Park, where we follow the easternmost of the many variations possible here.
Across the Alps - the GR5Duration: 15 days | Grade: T4b
Max altitude: 2520m | Group size: 6-12
• Lac Leman to Modane• Fine views of Mont Blanc• The Grand Traverse of the Alps
Start Date End Date Land only
Sat 04 Jul Sat 18 Jul 15 £1,395
Sat 15 Aug Sat 29 Aug 15 £1,395
Sat 05 Sep Sat 19 Sep 15 £1,395
Sat 02 Jul Sat 16 Jul 16 £1,430
Sat 13 Aug Sat 27 Aug 16 £1,430
Sat 03 Sep Sat 17 Sep 16 £1,430
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
The Walkers Haute Route The Walkers Haute RouteDuration: 15 days | Grade: T3b
Max altitude: 2965m | Group size: 6-12
• From Chamonix to Zermatt•An Alpine Classic•Cross eleven high passes
Start Date End Date Land only
Sat 18 Jul Sat 01 Aug 15 £1,480
Sat 15 Aug Sat 29 Aug 15 £1,480
Sat 29 Aug Sat 12 Sep 15 £1,480
Sat 16 Jul Sat 30 Jul 16 £1,535
Sat 13 Aug Sat 27 Aug 16 £1,535
Sat 27 Aug Sat 10 Sep 16 £1,535
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 90
Euro
pe
The French Pyrenees are a mountain walker’s
delight - and far less crowded than the Alps.
On this trip we take you deep into the heart
of the mountains where you will chance upon
cool forests and sparkling tarns set in delightful
surroundings, often close to awe-inspiring rock
peaks and gleaming snowfields.
Any journey through the High
Pyrenees inevitably involves some
nights in huts and has a wilder feel to it than
walking in the Alps. Our journey has been
designed to show you the highlights of the
High Level Route whilst using comfortable hotel
accommodation where possible.
After a night in the historic town of Pau, this walk
starts by passing the stunning Pic du Midi and
takes an excursion into a wild corner of Spain to
arrive in the pleasant town of Cauterets. From
The Pyrenean High Route - the ‘PHR’
The Pyrenean High Route- the ‘PHR’
Duration: 15days | Grade: T4b
Max altitude: 3144m | Group size: 6-12
•Wild walking in the Pyrenees• PHR highlights and highpoints•Mainly light backpacking
Start Date End Date Land only
Sat 01 Aug Sat 15 Aug 15 £1,350
Sat 15 Aug Sat 29 Aug 15 £1,350
Sat 30 Jul Sat 13 Aug 16 £1,395
Sat 13 Aug Sat 27 Aug 16 £1,395
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
The GR11 snakes its way along the southern side
of the Pyrenees, from the Bay of Biscay to the
Mediterranean. Our fully guided
walk takes you through the central
section from Candanchu to Benasque,
passing through the spectacular
Ordessa Canyon and giving you the option to make
an ascent of Monte Perdido (3355m).
This is a journey through a true mountain
wilderness known for its wide green meadows,
craggy limestone summits, green forests and
mountain lakes.
Along the way most nights are spent in mountain
refuges, many of which are located in delightful
settings, plus a few hotels where we can fully
refresh ourselves!
Best of the GR11Duration: 14 days | Grade: T3b
Max altitude: 2782m | Group size: 6-12
• Fully guided, light backpacking• The quiet side of the Pyrenees• The Ordessa Canyon
Start Date End Date Land only
Sat 04 Jul Sat 18 Jul 15 £1,195
Sat 22 Aug Sat 05 Sep 15 £1,195
Sat 02 Jul Sat 16 Jul 16 £1,250
Sat 20 Aug Sat 03 Sep 16 £1,250
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Best of the GR11
here we follow the High Level Route past the
Vignemale to the Cirque de Gavarnie and the
Cirque de Troumouse, finishing our walk in the
mountain splendour of Barroude.
Pho
to: Pau
l Lawren
ce
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 91
Euro
pe
In the northwest corner of Greece, the little known
but nevertheless spectacular Pindos Mountains
are home to the protected Zagoria region and the
Vikos-Aoos National Park. Here dramatic limestone
cliffs wall in the Vikos Gorge, above which
extensive limestone plateaux lead up the mighty
peaks of Astraka and Gamilla. Nestling on the
hillsides are some of the world’s most delightful
mountain villages, protected in the traditional
Zagorian style, and where we will spend some
of our nights. On the north side of the wild Aoos
gorge, still home to bear, wolf and lynx, densely
wooded slopes lead up the volcanic summit of
Smolikas, which at 2637m is the second highest
mountain in Greece.
Our trip starts and finishes on the delightful island
of Corfu, now served well with budget flights from
London and Manchester. On our spring departures
expect significant snow covered tops at higher
altitudes and a glorious abundance
of Alpine flowers; whilst later in the
year we see more of the shepherds
and their flocks who graze the high
pastures in the summer. Many are descendants of
the ancient Sarakatsani and Vlach ‘clans’ and they
still converse in a tongue not even understood by
their fellow Greeks!
Extensions:Walk the ‘Corfu Trail’ - ask us for details
Peaks of the PindosPeaks of the PindosDuration: 10 days | Grade: T4b
Max altitude: 2637m | Group size: 6-12
• Peaks, gorges, rivers and tarns• Traditional Zagorian hospitality• Light backpacking
Start Date End Date Land only
Sat 13 Jun Mon 22 Jun 15 £935
Sat 27 Jun Mon 06 Jul 15 £935
Sat 11 Jul Mon 20 Jul 15 £935
Sat 22 Aug Mon 31 Aug 15 £935
Sat 05 Sep Mon 14 Sep 15 £935
Sat 11 Jun Mon 20 Jun 16 £955
Sat 25 Jun Mon 04 Jul 16 £955
Sat 09 Jul Mon 18 Jul 16 £955
Sat 20 Aug Mon 29 Aug 16 £955
Sat 03 Sep Mon 12 Sep 16 £955
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Our trip starts and finishes on the delightful island
of Corfu, now served well with budget flights from
London and Manchester.
This shorter, self-guided, trek to the Pindos
Mountains of northern Greece concentrates on the
Zagoria region, staying overnight in three of the
region’s most delightful villages of Monodendri,
Papingo and Tsepelovo, where old
stone-built and stone-roofed houses
provide quaint accommodation.
You will trek through the Vikos
Canyon from Monodendri to Papingo, a spectacular
day’s walking through the well shaded floor
of the canyon – one of the deepest in Europe.
Above Papingo a long steady climb takes you up
to a mountain refuge perched on a ridge below
the summit of Astraka at just under 2000m. You
have a day to explore from the refuge, visiting
the Drakolimini of Gamilla or, for the fit and
experienced, making an ascent of either Astraka
(2436m) or Gamilla (2497m). A pleasant day then
takes you across the high limestone pastures and
down to Tsepelovo for two nights, giving you time
Zagoria Circuit - self guided
Zagoria Circuit - self guided
Duration: 9 days | Grade: T3b
Max altitude: 2000m | Group size: 2-12
•Delightful Zagorian Villages• The Vikos Canyon•Visit the Dragon Lake of Gamilla
Start Date End Date Land only
Sat 30 May Sun 07 Jun 15 £795
Sat 06 Jun Sun 14 Jun 15 £795
Sat 13 Jun Sun 21 Jun 15 £795
Sat 20 Jun Sun 28 Jun 15 £795
Sat 27 Jun Sun 05 Jul 15 £795
Sat 04 Jul Sun 12 Jul 15 £795
Sat 11 Jul Sun 19 Jul 15 £795
Sat 18 Jul Sun 26 Jul 15 £795
Sat 25 Jul Sun 02 Aug 15 £795
Sat 01 Aug Sun 09 Aug 15 £795
Sat 08 Aug Sun 16 Aug 15 £795
Sat 15 Aug Sun 23 Aug 15 £795
Sat 22 Aug Sun 30 Aug 15 £795
Sat 29 Aug Sun 06 Sep 15 £795
Sat 05 Sep Sun 13 Sep 15 £795
Sat 12 Sep Sun 20 Sep 15 £795
Sat 19 Sep Sun 27 Sep 15 £795
Sat 26 Sep Sun 04 Oct 15 £795
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
to visit the Vikakis gorge and the unique 3-arched
packhorse bridge near Kipi, before returning to
Corfu for your flight home.
Pho
to: N
orm
an Fren
ch
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 92
GR20 complete with Monte Cinto
Euro
pe
Any serious walker will surely have the GR20
on their ‘to do’ list. Much more than simply an
idyllic Mediterranean island, it may come as a
surprise to many that Corsica contains mountains
offering welcome Alpine style challenges to
climbers and walkers alike. Following the spine
of the mountains, the GR20 (which
we follow diagonally from south to
north), fits perfectly into a 2-week
holiday. It weaves up and down and
in and out of granite spires, forested valleys, rocky
cirques and dramatic boulder-strewn ridges.
We support the walk with our local guides and
private accommodation owners, thus keeping to a
minimum what you need to carry in your daypack.
Deviations from the main route to reach the
valleys we stay in bring an added dimension to the
walk, visiting traditional shepherds’ settlements in
beautiful locations. Accommodation is a mixture
of camps, refuges and gites with each providing
GR20 complete with Monte Cinto
Duration: 15 days | Grade: T5b
Max altitude: 2706m | Group size: 6-12
• The most challenging walk in Europe•Baggage transfers•Rocky ridges and forested valleys
Start Date End Date Land only
Sun 14 Jun Sun 28 Jun 15 £1,595
Sun 05 Jul Sun 19 Jul 15 £1,595
Sun 16 Aug Sun 30 Aug 15 £1,595
Sun 30 Aug Sun 13 Sep 15 £1,595
Sun 12 Jun Sun 26 Jun 16 £1,630
Sun 03 Jul Sun 17 Jul 16 £1,630
Sun 14 Aug Sun 28 Aug 16 £1,630
Sun 28 Aug Sun 11 Sep 16 £1,630
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
its own individual twist of traditional Corsican
hospitality. We finish with the famous ‘Cirque de
Solitude’ on the final day designed to make the
crossing of this awe-inspiring place a grand finale
to a fantastic trek.
Pho
tos: M
ike Wyn
ne
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 93
Euro
pe
If you only have week to spare and want to test
yourself out on the GR20, walking the southern
section of this classic route is an ideal choice. The
route is extremely well marked, easy to follow
and you will be supplied with detailed notes
and maps as well. You will be carrying all your
personal belongings (clothes and a
light sleeping bag), but with careful
packing, modern equipment and
following advice in our dossier your
pack should not exceed 10kg. The advantage of
backpacking this section is that you stay on the
route, avoiding long detours off the route to lower
villages.
The trip starts in Ajaccio, and a private transfer
takes you up to the Col de Bavella from where you
will start the walk. Accommodation is a mix of
tents, refuges, gites and private bergeries, where
you will be provided with all meals. Despite being
Corsica is renowned for its rugged terrain through
which the famous GR20 weaves its way. This
week along the northern section allows you to
sample the most rugged and challenging parts of
the GR20. There may be opportunities to ascend
Corsica’s second highest mountain, Monte Rotondo
(2622m) and the striking pyramid of Paglia Orba.
We pass through the daunting ‘Cirque de Solitude’
and on our final day we will ascend the highest
peak Monte Cinto (2706m). Throughout you
will be amazed by the magnificent
scenery that has made this one of the
Europe’s best mountain journeys.
GR20 North andMonte Cinto
GR20 south - self guided
GR20 North and Monte Cinto
Duration: 8 days | Grade: T4b
Max altitude: 2706m | Group size: 4-12
•Ascent of Monte Cinto, Corsica’s highest peak• Spectacular scrambling•Dramatic scenery
Start Date End Date Land only
Sun 28 Jun Sun 05 Jul 15 £1,050
Sun 26 Jul Sun 02 Aug 15 £1,050
Sun 02 Aug Sun 09 Aug 15 £1,050
Sun 06 Sep Sun 13 Sep 15 £1,050
Sun 26 Jun Sun 03 Jul 16 £1,195
Sun 24 Jul Sun 31 Jul 16 £1,195
Sun 31 Jul Sun 07 Aug 16 £1,195
Sun 04 Sep Sun 11 Sep 16 £1,195
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Corsica’s GR20 South (self-guided(
Duration: 8 days | Grade: T3b
Max altitude: 2134m | Group size: 2-12
• The ‘easier’ half of Europe’s toughest walk• Self-guided, light backpacking• Staying high on the GR20
Start Date End Date Land only
Weekly departures, Sundays from 31st May
to 27 September, min 2 people£630
Equivalent dates in 2016
This trip is only available for 2 or more people
booking together.
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
the easier of the two sections, there are still some
delightfully ‘interesting’ ridge sections where easy
scrambling is involved. The walk finishes at the Col
de Vizzavona from where you travel back to Ajaccio
for your final night in Corsica.
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 94
Euro
pe
Bulgaria’s Rila and Pirin
The Carpathian Mountain range sweeps down
through Romania in an arc that divides the
country in two. Our trek concentrates on
exploring the Fagaras Mountains,
the highest section of the Southern
Carpathians, rather than just rushing
up the highest peak. Using mountain
chalets as bases, we make ascents of the three
highest peaks of the Romanian Carpathians;
Moldoveanu (2545m), Negoiu (2535m) and Vistea
Mare (2527m). We can enjoy some of Europe’s
most splendid ridge walks offering excellent
views over the valleys and lakes below.
Romania’s Fagaras Mountains
Romania’s Fagaras Mountains
Duration: 8 days | Grade: T3b
Max altitude: 2545m | Group size: 4-12
•Climb Romania’s three highest peaks• Superb ridge walking•Ridges and lakes
Start Date End DateLandonly
Sat 11 Jul Sat 18 Jul 15 £695
Sat 25 Jul Sat 01 Aug 15 £695
Sat 08 Aug Sat 15 Aug 15 £695
Sat 22 Aug Sat 29 Aug 15 £735
Sat 05 Sep Sat 12 Sep 15 £735
Sat 19 Sep Sat 26 Sep 15 £735
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Bulgaria’s Rila and PirinDuration: 8 days | Grade: T2
Max altitude: 2914m | Group size: 4-12
•Daywalks from valley bases• The Seven Lakes of Rila•Vitosha Mountain
Start Date End Date Land only
Sat 04 Jul Sat 11 Jul 15 £580
Sat 25 Jul Sat 01 Aug 15 £580
Sat 15 Aug Sat 22 Aug 15 £580
Sat 05 Sep Sat 12 Sep 15 £580
Sat 02 Jul Sat 09 Jul 16 £595
Sat 23 Jul Sat 30 Jul 16 £595
Sat 13 Aug Sat 20 Aug 16 £595
Sat 03 Sep Sat 10 Sep 16 £595
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
This is a tough trek for experienced walkers who
are used to narrow paths and exposed ridges.
Your personal belongings will be taken to all
the chalets except at the end of the trek where
you carry what you need to the chalet below
Moldoveanu.
If you are looking for a holiday where you can
enjoy decent length days out on the hill, look
forward to a shower and a comfy bed each night,
keep the costs down and not have to travel too
far then this will tick all the boxes.
Bulgaria, a fascinating country
where east meets west, is the home
to some surprisingly beautiful
mountains which are easily accessible from the
capital, Sofia. Utilising short transfers by vehicle
and some chairlifts, we are able to get high into
the mountains each day, bag a few summits but
return to a hotel each night. Along the way you
will be able to visit one of Bulgaria’s most famous
landmarks, the beautiful Rila Monastery, and enjoy
wonderful hospitality, traditional food, folklore and
music in the valley bases where we stay.
Your last two nights are spent in Sofia, a dynamic
city whose skyline is dominated by Vitosha
Mountain. We will explore Vitosha, taking in the
Black Peak, the Boyana waterfall and the stunning
views it offers across the capital of Bulgaria.
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 95
Euro
peTrek the Tatras - ‘The Spine’The Polish High Tatras are one of the most rugged
and spectacular ranges in Europe which separate
Poland and Slovakia. There are over
25 summits above 2500m combining
dramatic Alpine scenery, great lakes,
good trails, comfortable refuges and
outstanding views. Starting from the picturesque
town of Zakopane, we trek hut to hut through
these wonderful mountains taking in many
summits before a final ascent of Rysy (2499m), the
highest mountain in Poland. From the top of this
scramble we gain a dramatic 360 degree vista of
Trek the Tatras - ‘The Spine’Duration: 9 days | Grade: T5b
Max altitude: 2499m | Group size: 4-12
•Climb Rysy, Poland’s highest peak• Superb ‘Alpine’ trekking•Ridges and lakes
Start Date End Date Land only
Sat 23 May Sun 31 May 15 £675
Sat 18 Jul Sun 26 Jul 15 £675
Sat 08 Aug Sun 16 Aug 15 £675
Sat 21 May Sun 29 May 16 £695
Sat 16 Jul Sun 24 Jul 16 £695
Sat 06 Aug Sun 14 Aug 16 £695
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
more than 100 peaks, in both Poland and across
the border in Slovakia. The walking is hard and
tough but very rewarding and beautiful. Finally
we visit Krakow, to relax and enjoy the delights of
Poland’s most fascinating city.
Tatras ExplorerThis ‘softer’ itinerary in the Polish Tatras has been
created for those of you who do not feel up to
backpacking along the spine of the Tatras but still
want to explore this delightful area. You will visit
the most picturesque lakes and valleys and have
opportunities to reach some of the
summits. The first three days walking
will be day trips out from your
comfortable guesthouse in Zakopane,
visiting a different valley with opportunities to
ascend different peaks each day. On the fourth
day we use a cable car to take us up to Kasprowy
Wierch, and for the last two nights we use
comfortable mountain huts each evening, meeting
our baggage each night at the hut. Our final day
is a long day on the ascent of Rysy, returning to
Zakopane in the evening.
Driving times between Zakopane and the start
Tatras ExplorerDuration: 9 days | Grade: T2
Max altitude: 2499m | Group size: 4-12
•No backpacking•Climb Rysy, Poland’s highest peak•Ridges and lakes
Start Date End Date Land only
Sat 30 May Sun 07 Jun 15 £775
Sat 25 Jul Sun 02 Aug 15 £775
Sat 15 Aug Sun 23 Aug 15 £775
Sat 12 Sep Sun 20 Sep 15 £775
Sat 28 May Sun 05 Jun 16 £795
Sat 23 Jul Sun 31 Jul 16 £795
Sat 13 Aug Sun 21 Aug 16 £795
Sat 10 Sep Sun 18 Sep 16 £795
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
point of the walks are short, so most of your days
will still be on foot rather than on wheels!
Finally we visit Krakow, to relax and enjoy the
delights of Poland’s most fascinating city.
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 96
Euro
pe Stretching from the Black Sea to the Caspian
Sea, the Caucasus Mountains form a natural
barrier between Georgia and Russia to the north.
Our itinerary takes you deep into the remote
provinces of Khevi, Khevsureti and Tusheti, some
of the most unspoilt regions of the Caucasus
range where tourism is still very much in its
infancy. Four wheel drive tracks take us deep into
the mountains and on foot, with pony support
we penetrate even deeper, crossing several high
passes, and visiting remote and ancient villages
and fortifications as we go.
While most nights are spent camping in some
beautiful locations, on occasions we will be the
guests of the local people - a rare
opportunity to meet them and
understand their way of life.
Before you walk anywhere else in Iceland, this
is the one to experience! Save anything else
for a second visit, or stay on for a second week
to explore more of this unique volcanic island.
We then take you along the justifiably popular
Laugavegur trail and on through the core of the
Icelandic Highlands, one of the
last untouched wilderness areas
in Europe. Along the way you
will encounter gleaming glaciers,
numerous rivers, hot springs, immense waterfalls
and deep canyons all set amidst the magnificence
of the rolling Icelandic hills and mountains.
After the trek we take you on a exploration
through the Þórsmörk valley including a good
day’s walk to the foothills of Eyjafjallajökull, and
a hike up Fimmvörðuháls volcanoes, the culprits
that clouded Europe’s skies back in 2010! This is
wild volcanic scenery at its very best!
Our trip finishes with a hike on the
Sólheimajökull glacier, where we will explore the
crevasse riddled outlet glacier with its amazing
ice formations, sink holes and jagged ridges
accompanied by an experienced glacier guide,
stopping at the beautiful Skógafoss waterfall
as we drive back to Reykjavik at the end of a
fantastic week in Iceland.
GeorgiaThe Caucasus
Georgia - The CaucasusDuration: 13 days | Grade: T3
Max altitude: 3430m | Group size: 4-12
• Trek through three ancient provinces• Stay with the local people•Discover Mtshketa
Start Date End DateLandonly
Sun 19 Jul Fri 31 Jul 15 £1,495
Sun 16 Aug Fri 28 Aug 15 £1,495
Sun 06 Sep Fri 18 Sep 15 £1,495
Sun 17 Jul Fri 29 Jul 16 £1,550
Sun 14 Aug Fri 26 Aug 16 £1,550
Sun 04 Sep Fri 16 Sep 16 £1,550
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Iceland’s Best Trek
Iceland’s Best TrekDuration: 8 days | Grade: T3
Max altitude: 1100m | Group size: 2-12
• Laugavegur trail – simply the best• Eyjafjallajökull volcano•Glacier hike on Sólheimajökull
Start Date End Date Land only
Weekly departures, Sundays
from 14 June to 6 September, min 2 people£1,595
Equivalent dates in 2016
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Time is also set aside to explore the capital of
Tbilisi and the old capital of Mtskheta, with
its 6th century Jvari church and 11th century
cathedral.
Asia
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 97
Annapurna Sanctuary A journey that takes you right up to the mighty
south face of Annapurna where you will be ringed
by Himalayan giants and for a moment may
wonder how you arrived here and how you might
get out! This trek leads you gently up through
the foothills of the Annapurna range, passing
through traditional villages
ringed by delightfully manicured
rice fields, rhododendron and oak
forests. From Poon Hill, perched
on the edge of the imposing Kali
Gandaki valley you can enjoy spectacular views
of Dhaulagiri and Annapurna South. An approach
path with dazzling views leads up the Modi Kola
valley to provide a gateway through the local
Gurung villages to the hidden amphitheatre of
the Annapurna Sanctuary, passing under the
towering ‘fishtail’ peak of Machapuchare. Only
then can the true 8091m summit of Annapurna
be seen at the top of the gigantic south face, first
climbed in 1970 by Don Whillans and Dougal
Haston - truly, a memorable finale!
Annapurna SanctuaryDuration: 17 days | Grade: T3
Max altitude: 4130m | Group size: 2-12
• Into Annapurna’s heart•Majestic Machapuchare•Unbeatable mountain scenery
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 20 Dec Mon 05 Jan 15 £1,045 £1,895
Sat 14 Mar Mon 30 Mar 15 £1,045 £1,840
Sat 28 Mar Mon 13 Apr 15 £1,045 £1,865
Sat 04 Apr Mon 20 Apr 15 £1,045 £1,895
Sat 25 Apr Mon 11 May 15 £1,045 £1,840
Sat 10 Oct Mon 26 Oct 15 £1,045 £1,840
Sat 24 Oct Mon 09 Nov 15 £1,045 £1,840
Sat 07 Nov Mon 23 Nov 15 £1,045 £1,840
Sat 21 Nov Mon 07 Dec 15 £1,045 £1,840
Sat 19 Dec Mon 04 Jan 16 £1,045 £1,895
Sat 12 Mar Mon 28 Mar 16 £1,045 £1,840
Sat 26 Mar Mon 11 Apr 16 £1,045 £1,895
Sat 09 Apr Mon 25 Apr 16 £1,045 £1,865
Sat 23 Apr Mon 09 May 16 £1,045 £1,840
Exclusive private departures,
min 2 people £1,095 £1,890
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Chitwan Safari + 4 days £495
Everest Panoramic Flight £165
The Annapurna Circuit trek is one of Nepal’s
finest mountain walks and a classic Himalayan
adventure. It provides a combination of
spectacular high mountain scenery, picturesque
lowland farms and villages, great
culture and a high pass. After a
sightseeing day in Kathmandu we
head to Besisahar, the starting
point for this superb route that
takes you through the mysterious and lovely
Marsyangdi valley with its fertile green terraces
and long distance views. We trek over the famous
Thorong La at 5416m our highest point and
descend into the mighty Kali Gandaki valley
where the old caravan route squeezes its way
between Dhaulagiri and Annapurna, both 8000m
giants. Throughout you will be rewarded with
spectacular and varied scenery, a must do trek!
Annapurna Circuit Annapurna CircuitDuration: 23 days | Grade: T4
Max altitude: 5416m | Group size: 2-12
• Simply Nepal’s best trek•Ancient trade routes and remote villages• Spectacular and varied scenery
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 11 Apr Sun 03 May 15 £1,450 £2,300
Sat 02 May Sun 24 May 15 £1,450 £2,245
Sat 03 Oct Sun 25 Oct 15 £1,450 £2,270
Sat 24 Oct Sun 15 Nov 15 £1,450 £2,245
Sat 26 Mar Sun 17 Apr 16 £1,450 £2,300
Sat 30 Apr Sun 22 May 16 £1,450 £2,245
Sat 01 Oct Sun 23 Oct 16 £1,450 £2,270
Sat 22 Oct Sun 13 Nov 16 £1,450 £2,245
Exclusive private departures,
min 2 people £1495 £2290
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 98
Asia
Ultimate Everest
This traditional Everest Base Camp trek is perhaps
the most famous in the world. Ideal for those who
are new to the delights of trekking or those with
limited time. Upon arrival in Kathmandu, you will
be greeted by the wonderful hustle and bustle,
sights and smells of this vibrant capital. We then
make an early departure to the famous Lukla
airstrip where our journey into the heart of Nepal
begins.
You will find yourself immersed in the wonders
of this beautiful country, with its idyllic blue
roofed houses, colourful prayer flags,
fragrant rhododendrons, friendly
Sherpa life and breathtaking scenery.
We trek through the prosperous
Sherpa capital, Namche Bazaar and many other
delightful Sherpa villages, including Thyangboche
with its impressive temple and the quieter farming
village of Dingboche. At many points along this
route you will stand in awe amidst breathtaking
mountain views of one of the most beautiful peaks
in the world; Ama Dablam, leading to the towering
faces of Everest itself.
We arrive at Everest Base Camp and finally
complete our impressive journey with an ascent of
the magnificent peak of Kala Patar at 5554m. Your
dreams will be fulfilled as you are rewarded with
an awesome 360 degree panorama of spectacular
8000m peaks; each one framing the world’s
highest mountain.
We have chosen this route to enable trekkers
with a little more time available to complete an
impressive circular route that guarantees similar
stunning views to those of our classic Everest trek,
and more...
We approach Everest via the sacred lakes of the
Gokyo Valley, visit the magnificent viewpoint
Gokyo Ri (5350m) and cross the famous Cho La
Pass (5420m) on the south side of Everest. We do
not miss the opportunity to ascend the famous
summit Kala Patar (5554m) from
where the views towards Everest
and the surrounding peaks are
breathtaking. In October the Trek
provides you the opportunity to camp close to
Everest Base Camp, directly below the imposing
Khumbu Icefall, (during the climbing season in
May this is no longer permitted). All other nights
are in teahouses/lodges. Here you are encircled
by a grand amphitheatre of rock and ice, a truly
spectacular setting. We then return to Lukla along
the resplendent Khumbu Valley, with its diverse
wildlife and vegetation, as well as its rich culture,
where villages and rustic dwellings have seemingly
scrambled up to perch atop rocky outcrops and
vertiginous ledges. A truly memorable experience
closely following the footsteps of legendary
mountaineers.
Classic EverestDuration: 18 days | Grade: T3
Max altitude: 5554m | Group size: 2-12
•Base camp and Kala Patar•No camping•Admire the ‘Top of the World’
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 20 Dec Tue 06 Jan 15 £1,350 £2,200
Sat 10 Jan Tue 27 Jan 15 £1,350 £2,145
Sat 31 Jan Tue 17 Feb 15 £1,350 £2,145
Sat 21 Feb Tue 10 Mar 15 £1,350 £2,200
Sat 14 Mar Tue 31 Mar 15 £1,350 £2,145
Sat 04 Apr Tue 21 Apr 15 £1,350 £2,145
Sat 25 Apr Tue 12 May 15 £1,350 £2,145
Sat 03 Oct Tue 20 Oct 15 £1,350 £2,145
Sat 24 Oct Tue 10 Nov 15 £1,350 £2,170
Sat 14 Nov Tue 01 Dec 15 £1,350 £2,145
Sat 19 Dec Tue 05 Jan 16 £1,350 £2,200
Sat 09 Jan Tue 26 Jan 16 £1,350 £2,100
Sat 30 Jan Tue 16 Feb 16 £1,350 £2,100
Sat 20 Feb Tue 08 Mar 16 £1,350 £2,100
Sat 12 Mar Tue 29 Mar 16 £1,350 £2,145
Sat 02 Apr Tue 19 Apr 16 £1,350 £2,200
Sat 23 Apr Tue 10 May 16 £1,350 £2,145
Exclusive private departures,
min 2 people £1,395 £2,190
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Chitwan Safari + 4 days £495
Everest Panoramic Flight £165
Fly out 6 days earlier and follow the classic Expedition route
from Jiri to Lukla - please ask us for more
details. Extra cost £595 (min 2 people)
Ultimate EverestDuration: 23 days | Grade: T4
Max altitude: 5554m | Group size: 2-12
•More time, more views• Spend the night near Everest Base Camp•Beautiful, tranquil Gokyo
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sun 07 Dec Mon 29 Dec 14 £1,525 £2,345
Sat 11 Apr Sun 03 May 15 £1,555 £2,405
Sat 02 May Sun 24 May 15 £1,555 £2,305
Sat 03 Oct Sun 25 Oct 15 £1,555 £2,305
Sat 24 Oct Sun 15 Nov 15 £1,555 £2,355
Mon 07 Dec Tue 29 Dec 15 £1,555 £2,375
Sat 26 Mar Sun 17 Apr 16 £1,555 £2,405
Sat 30 Apr Sun 22 May 16 £1,555 £2,305
Sat 01 Oct Sun 23 Oct 16 £1,555 £2,305
Sat 22 Oct Sun 13 Nov 16 £1,555 £2,355
Tue 06 Dec Wed 28 Dec 16 £1,555 £2,355
Exclusive private departures,
min 2 people £1,595 £2,345
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Chitwan Safari + 4 days £495
Everest Panoramic Flight £165
Classic Everest
Pho
to: C
hris H
oro
bin
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 99
Asia
Everest View
This is a wonderful trek to the base camp of one
of the world’s most beautiful mountains. The
mountain is well named. Ama Dablam means
Mother’s Charm box. Ama (mother) refers to the
two great ridges above base camp,
they are like enfolding arms of a
mother. A Dablam is a pendant worn
by Sherpa women that contains
pictures of the Buddhist gods - this refers to the
huge hanging serac high on the West Face, the
shortest of the Everest treks that Adventure Walks
offers.
The trek takes you through the lush vegetation
of Sagarmatha National Park, with pine forests,
rhododendron flowers and an abundance of
wildlife to Tengboche, the home of one of the
highest monasteries in the world (4100m) and a
classic viewpoint for Everest and Ama Dablam. It
then continues up to Pangboche before swinging
off to Ama Dablam Base Camp. This trek offers an
excellent introduction to the delights of trekking
in the Himalaya, the colourful and vibrant city of
Kathmandu and interaction with the legendary
Sherpa people.
This journey, the shortest of our Everest treks,
provides an opportunity for those with limited
time or for those who wish to have a relaxed
week of trekking to experience the
delightful views of Everest without
going all the way up to Base Camp.
The trek takes you through the lush
vegetation of Sagarmatha National Park, with pine
forests, rhododendron flowers and an abundance
of wildlife to Thyangboche, the home of the
highest Buddhist monastery in the world (4100m),
and classic, some say the best, viewpoints for
Everest and Ama Dablam. Suitable for the average
walker, this trek offers an excellent introduction
Ama Dablam Base Camp
Everest ViewDuration: 12 days | Grade: T3
Max altitude: 4100m | Group size: 2-12
• For those with limited time• Everest views from Thyangboche•No camping
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Exclusive private departures,
min 2 people excluding
June - September
£895 £1,645
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Chitwan Safari + 4 days £495
Everest Panoramic Flight £165
Ama Dablam Base CampDuration: 16 days | Grade: T3
Max altitude: 4750m | Group size: 2-12
• Trek to the base of the beautiful Ama Dablam• Superb views of Everest•An expedition approach trek
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 17 Oct Sun 01 Nov 15 £1,150 £1,950
Sat 07 Nov Sun 22 Nov 15 £1,150 £1,900
Sat 15 Oct Sun 30 Oct 16 £1,150 £1,950
Sat 05 Nov Sun 20 Nov 16 £1,150 £1,900
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Chitwan Safari + 4 days £495
Everest Panoramic Flight £165
to the delights of trekking in the Himalaya, the
colourful and vibrant city of Kathmandu and
friendly interaction with the legendary Sherpa
people.
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 100
Asia
Kangchenjunga Base CampA remote and beautiful trek to the base camp of
the world’s third highest mountain. This trek takes
you through picturesque Alpine valleys, over the
Mirgin La (4664m) with magnificent views en route
of Makalu, Chamlang, Everest and Kangchenjunga.
Our destination, Pang Pema, the
base camp for the north side of
the mountain at just over 5100m,
provides an awe inspiring view of
the great north face of Kangchenjunga with its
enormous tumbling glaciers. This trek is perhaps
one of the most beautiful in the world, lush and
green with many remote villages displaying their
numerous prayer flags and colourful houses. A
real classic for those who have the time and want
to get away from the busier trekking routes near
Everest and Annapurna.
Langtang and the Gosainkund Lakes
Kangchenjunga Base CampDuration: 28 days | Grade: T5
Max altitude: 5100m | Group size: 2-12
•Remote, wild Nepal•Camp below the world’s third highest peak• Probably the best walk in the world
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 26 Sep Fri 23 Oct 15 £2,150 £2,900
Sat 24 Oct Fri 20 Nov 15 £2,150 £2,950
Sat 24 Sep Fri 21 Oct 16 £2,150 £2,900
Sat 22 Oct Fri 18 Nov 16 £2,150 £2,950
Exclusive private departures,
min 2 people £2,295 £3,045
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Chitwan Safari + 4 days £495
Everest Panoramic Flight £165
Langtang and the Gosainkund Lakes
Duration: 17 days | Grade: T3
Max altitude: 4610m | Group size: 2-12
•Great trekking close to Kathmandu• The Holy Lakes of Gosainkund• Less crowded trails
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 21 Mar Mon 06 Apr 15 £945 £1,695
Sat 04 Apr Mon 20 Apr 15 £945 £1,745
Sat 10 Oct Mon 26 Oct 15 £945 £1,695
Sat 07 Nov Mon 23 Nov 15 £945 £1,695
Sat 19 Mar Mon 04 Apr 16 £945 £1,765
Sat 16 Apr Mon 02 May 16 £945 £1,695
Sat 08 Oct Mon 24 Oct 16 £945 £1,695
Sat 05 Nov Mon 21 Nov 16 £945 £1,695
Exclusive private departures,
min 2 people £1,035 £1,785
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Chitwan Safari + 4 days £495
Everest Panoramic Flight £165
The delightful Langtang valley lies only a few
hours north of Kathmandu and is hence the most
accessible trekking area in Nepal. Despite this
Langtang sees significantly less trekkers than the
Annapurna or Everest regions. The first part of the
trek takes us up through the thickly
forested lower valley - a delight in the
spring with all the rhododendrons in
flower. We emerge from the trees into
the upper valley and pass through Langtang village
and have a day to explore the upper valley beyond
Kyanjin Gompa. Langtang Lirung (7426m) towers
majestically above.
We then retrace our steps partway down the
valley and head out through delightful villages, up
past the holy lakes of Gosainkund and across the
4610m Lauribinayak pass to reach the Helambu
Pho
to: R
ichard
Ho
pkin
son
region. The last few days trekking take us through
oak forests and villages of the Sherpa inhabited
Helambu district to within a few kilometres of
Kathmandu itself.
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 101
Asia
Everest North Advance Base Camp trek
The perfect trek for experienced trekkers who may
have already ‘ticked off’ the Everest region and
wish to see ‘the rest’ of Nepal in one hit!
This long and demanding traverse
trek takes in the best of the two
classic Nepal trekking ‘circuits’ of
Manaslu and Annapurna. We cross two high
passes, the Larkya La (5235m) to the north of
Manaslu and the Thorung La (5416m) to the north
of Annapurna. We access the Manaslu area via a
long jeep drive from Kathmandu which takes us to
Arughat, a busy bazaar in the heart of Nepal. From
here it is on foot for the next 18 days,
passing though culturally diverse regions as we
loop around the back of some of the world’s most
spectacular peaks. After thirteen days we reach
the upper Marsyandi valley and follow the classic
Annapurna Circuit route over the Thorung La to
Jomsom, from where we fly back to Kathmandu.
The ultimate goal, and highlight of this trip, is
the visit to the Advanced Base Camp used by
expeditions climbing Everest from the north. Here
you stand just below the North Col from where
the sheer grandeur of Everest’s north face smacks
you in the face! This trek takes you as close to the
summit of Everest as any non-climber can go.
After flying to Lhasa via Kathmandu we follow
the Friendship Highway through some of the
most amazing landscapes on Earth.
We spend three nights in Lhasa,
staying right in the centre of the old
city. This will allow plenty of time
for both acclimatisation and easy access to the
city’s main attractions: the Potala Palace and the
Jokhang Temple. Leaving Lhasa in our Toyota Land
Cruiser, we travel through Tibet, staying in the
best traditional hotels Tibet has to offer. We pass
small Tibetan settlements, nomadic herdsmen
wandering across the wide arid plains and awe-
inspiring mountain peaks. There will be plenty
of opportunity to explore the wealth of cultural
interest found in Tibet, both in Lhasa and the other
towns we pass through on our journey.
The approach to Base Camp takes the same
historic route, pioneered by Mallory & Irvine. The
Manaslu and Annapurna Traverse
Pho
to: Stu
Peacock
Everest North Advance Base Camp trek
Duration: 22 days | Grade: T5
Max altitude: 6340m | Group size: 4-12
• Time to explore Lhasa• The World’s highest non-technical trek• Everest – close up
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Wed 15 Apr Wed 06 May 15 £2,695 £3,445
Wed 06 May Wed 27 May 15 £2,695 £3,445
Sat 23 May Sat 13 Jun 15 £2,695 £3,445
Sat 13 Jun Sat 04 Jul 15 £2,695 £3,395
Sat 04 Jul Sat 25 Jul 15 £2,695 £3,395
Wed 15 Jul Wed 05 Aug 15 £2,695 £3,395
Wed 05 Aug Wed 26 Aug 15 £2,695 £3,395
Sat 22 Aug Sat 12 Sep 15 £2,695 £3,395
Wed 02 Sep Wed 23 Sep 15 £2,695 £3,445
Wed 16 Sep Wed 07 Oct 15 £2,695 £3,495
Wed 07 Oct Wed 28 Oct 15 £2,695 £3,495
Sat 17 Oct Sat 07 Nov 15 £2,695 £3,495
Wed 13 Apr Wed 04 May 16 £2,695 £3,445
Wed 04 May Wed 25 May 16 £2,695 £3,445
Sat 21 May Sat 11 Jun 16 £2,695 £3,445
Sat 11 Jun Sat 02 Jul 16 £2,695 £3,395
Sat 02 Jul Sat 23 Jul 16 £2,695 £3,395
Wed 13 Jul Wed 03 Aug 16 £2,695 £3,395
Wed 03 Aug Wed 24 Aug 16 £2,695 £3,395
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Chitwan Safari + 4 days £495
Everest Panoramic Flight £165
Manaslu and Annapurna Traverse
Duration: 25 days | Grade: T5
Max altitude: 5416m | Group size: 4-12
•Remote trek around Manaslu and…•…the best of the Annapurna Circuit• Traverse from East to West past two 8000m
peaks
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 28 Mar Tue 21 Apr 15 £1,725 £2,575
Sat 24 Oct Tue 17 Nov 15 £1,725 £2,525
Sat 26 Mar Tue 19 Apr 16 £1,755 £2,605
Sat 22 Oct Tue 15 Nov 16 £1,755 £2,555
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Chitwan Safari + 4 days £495
Everest Panoramic Flight £165
walk from Base Camp to ABC takes you along some
spectacular moraine on good paths between giant
ice pinnacles cumulating in views of the giant
ice face of the North Col tumbling down towards
Advance Base Camp. Wow!
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 102
Asia
Ladakh’s Markha Valley
In the Shadow of Nanda Devi
An awe inspiring flight from Delhi to Leh takes
you up and away from the monsoon clouds that
shroud the southern side of the Himalaya at this
time of year. Descending to the dramatic runway
below Leh you may get an impression of a stark and
inhospitable land. Yet the clear crisp air and warm
friendly welcome from the mainly
Buddhist population alongside the
beauty of the town, with its colourful
markets nestled beneath the old Royal
Palace, give the traveller an exciting taste of the trek
to come.
Trekking in the Markha Valley is experiencing Ladakh
at its best. We access this strikingly attractive valley
which offers rugged trekking in a strangely barren
but beautiful landscape via the 4380m Ganda La
pass with its views south to the Zanskar range. The
trail criss-crosses several delightful streams along
the Markha valley where we overnight in tents under
Trekking in India’s Garhwal region has always
been underrated and less popular than the better
known Nepal trekking routes and as such still
offers something special for people wanting to
get away from the crowds but still experience
great views and culture. In spite of development
it is still a significant journey simply to reach
the mountains with two full days of travelling
needed at each end of the trip – an attractive
feature for the true traveller. Once
in the mountains you climb up
through dense forests of oak, pine,
rhododendron, fir and deodar
cedar, and up the wide open grassy meadows
(bugyals) used as summer grazing grounds by
the Garhwali shepherds. From the meadows
and ridges views across to many 6000m and
7000m peaks are impressive, and from near the
Kuari Pass (4150m) you will be able to see the
twin peaks of India’s highest peak, Nanda Devi
(7434m).
In the spring snow can still cover some of
the higher sections of the trip. Our autumn
departures will be run in the reverse direction
to enable you to make a side trip to the 4620m
In the Shadow of Nanda Devi
Duration: 18 days | Grade: T4
Max altitude: 4150m | Group size: 3-12
• In the footsteps of Shipton, Tilman and Lord Curzon
•Mysterious Nanda Devi, India’s highest peak•Great ridge-top views
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 09 May Tue 26 May 15 £1,445 £2,095
Sat 03 Oct Tue 20 Oct 15 £1,445 £2,095
Sat 07 May Tue 24 May 16 £1,495 £2,145
Sat 01 Oct Tue 18 Oct 16 £1,495 £2,145
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Agra, Taj Mahal, Jaipur + 1 to 3 days from £120
Ladakh’s Markha ValleyDuration: 15 days | Grade: T4
Max altitude: 5200m | Group size: 4-12
• Summer Himalayan trekking•More Tibetan than Tibet!•Cross two high passes
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 18 Jul Sat 01 Aug 15 £1,150 £1,800
Sat 01 Aug Sat 15 Aug 15 £1,150 £1,800
Sat 16 Jul Sat 30 Jul 16 £1,150 £1,800
Sat 30 Jul Sat 13 Aug 16 £1,150 £1,800
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Agra, Taj Mahal, Jaipur +1 to 3 days from £120
the stars. Above Markha the trail ascends steadily
through high pastureland, passing prayer carved
mani walls to the last day of the trek where we climb
to the 5100m Kongmaru La, before descending to
the impressive monastery at Hemis. Towering walls
of red sandstone surround the greenery of isolated
villages. Goats and yaks graze in high Alpine pastures
and the high passes offer extensive views of Zanskar
and the Karakoram ranges.
Juyri Gali pass above the dark Rup Kund Lake for
close views of Trisul’s three peaks (7120m) and
Nanda Gunti (6309m).
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 103
Asia
South India – the Western GhatsJust to say ‘Southern India’ may conjure up
images of exotic locations and delightfully subtle
cuisine in the minds of people who have yet to
visit this treasure at the tip of the continent.
You can almost smell the coconut and curry
leaf flavoured food through the word ‘Kerala’.
On this trip you will not be disappointed. Once
inland from the busy coastal strip, lush green hills
planted with virtually every aromatic
plant climb steadily up to the drier,
cooler heights of the Western Ghats
where immaculately manicured tea
estates grace the hill tops.
On arrival we take you directly to Dewalokam,
a luxury haven of tranquility amongst rubber,
coffee and spice plantations where they serve
simply the best food in India! After settling into
our surroundings we begin our nine days of
gentle trekking through these tranquil hills. On
the final day we ascend Meesapulimala (2640m),
the highest (unrestricted) summit in the Western
Ghats. Finally, and a ‘must’ for any visit to Kerala,
we take you aboard a rice boat which has been
South India – The Western Ghats
Duration: 14 days | Grade: T3
Max altitude: 2640m | Group size: 5-12
• Spice and tea gardens•Colourful, exotic Kerala• Trek the Cardamom Hills
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 17 Jan Fri 30 Jan 15 £1,095 £1,645
Sat 14 Feb Fri 27 Feb 15 £1,095 £1,645
Sat 28 Mar Fri 10 Apr 15 £1,095 £1,745
Sat 19 Dec Fri 01 Jan 16 £1,095 £1,795
Sat 16 Jan Fri 29 Jan 16 £1,095 £1,645
Sat 13 Feb Fri 26 Feb 16 £1,095 £1,645
Sat 19 Mar Fri 01 Apr 16 £1,095 £1,745
Sat 17 Dec Fri 30 Dec 16 £1,095 £1,795
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
converted to a luxury houseboat for an overnight
cruise through the ‘backwaters’ of Kerala. Here you
can sit back and watch life on the river and canal
banks pass by, sipping cool coconut milk, savoring
fresh pineapple and probably wishing you could
stay longer! We do!
Tso Moriri and Lungser KangriLungser Kangri provides a real trekking
adventure to high altitude in the remote East of Ladakh with its beautiful turquoise lakes such as Tso Moriri, the largest. The trip
combines a stunning trek over high passes with the ascent of a true trekking peak at 6662m. From a Base Camp above the lake, the peak is climbed via two camps and a long summit day giving views into Tibet and across
Tso Moriri and Lungser Kangri
Duration: 22 Days | Grade: T5
Altitude: 6662m | Group size: 4-12
•One of the world’s highest treks• Pristine turquoise lakes• Truly remote trekking
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 18 Jul Sat 08 Aug 15 £2,095 £2,745
Sat 29 Aug Sat 19 Sep 15 £2,095 £2,745
Sat 16 Jul Sat 06 Aug 16 £2,095 £2,745
Sat 27 Aug Sat 17 Sep 16 £2,095 £2,745
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Agra, Taj Mahal, Jaipur + 1 to 3 days from £120
the lands of the nomadic herders. This trek provides a tough but non-technical challenge in a beautiful part of the world.
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 104
Asia
Khan Tengri Base CampThe trek up the South Inylchek Glacier to the base
camps below Khan Tengri and Pobeda, the world’s
most northerly 7000m peaks, is certainly on a
par with the more famous trek to K2 base camp
in Pakistan. Kyrgyzstan is not renowned for its
stunning mountain scenery – except for those who
have been there and experienced it!
From the capital Bishkek a two-day road journey
via Karakol takes us to the Inylchek
valley and glacier, the third longest in
the world. We spend six days walking
up the glacier, at times high above it
amongst the lateral moraines and at other times
on the rugged moraine-covered glacier itself.
We pass the ice-bound Merzbacher Lake which
every so often releases its waters down the valley
in a spectacular rush, to eventually arrive at the
base camps. Nestling on the glacier in one of the
most spectacular cirques in the world with a vista
of snowy pyramidal peaks all around, this is a
stunning place to end the trek. Before we fly back
down the glacier by helicopter, we have a day to
trek even closer to the mountains, following the
now smooth white ice up below the very flanks of
Khan Tengri. We return to Bishkek via Karakol and
a night on the shores of Issy Kul Lake.
This is a must for those who like remote boundless
landscapes.
Khan Tengri Base Camp Duration: 16 days | Grade: T5b
Max altitude: 4250m | Group size: 4-12
• Spectacular helicopter flight•Dramatic glacial walking•Close ups of Khan Tengri
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 18 Jul Sun 02 Aug 15 £1,895 £2,570
Sat 01 Aug Sun 16 Aug 15 £1,895 £2,570
Sat 16 Jul Sun 31 Jul 16 £1,895 £2,570
Sat 30 Jul Sun 14 Aug 16 £1,895 £2,570
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Porter to carry personal gear £350
Kyrgyzstan’s ‘Last Lake’ - Son Kul
Kyrgyzstan’s ‘Last Lake’ - Son Kul
Duration: 11 days | Grade: T3
Max altitude: 3608m | Group size: 4-12
• Stay in a Yurt (Ger in Kyrgyzstan)• The changing colours of Son-Kul• Six days supported trekking
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Thu 09 Jul Sun 19 Jul 15 £985 £1,660
Thu 23 Jul Sun 02 Aug 15 £985 £1,660
Thu 06 Aug Sun 16 Aug 15 £985 £1,660
Thu 07 Jul Sun 17 Jul 16 £995 £1,670
Thu 21 Jul Sun 31 Jul 16 £995 £1,670
Thu 04 Aug Sun 14 Aug 16 £995 £1,670
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
This is a journey off the beaten track to a country
many people have never even heard of! Kyrgyzstan
is, however, a delightful clean and friendly place to
‘discover’ before the crowds arrive.
Situated at just over 3000m on a treeless open
plateau, freshwater lake, Son-Kul, is one of the
loveliest spots in Central Kyrgyzstan.
The lake is frozen over in the winter,
but in the summer the verdant
meadows that surround the lake are
the seasonal home to shepherds who tend their
livestock, living in their ‘gers’ (yurts) and brewing
gallons of fermented mare’s milk (Kumyz).
We trek for six days through spectacular and varied
landscapes, crossing a series of high passes (up
to 3608m) before arriving at the lake where we
stay in a ‘ger camp’ for two nights, allowing plenty
of time to explore the area, meet the shepherds
(and sample their homebrew) and enjoy the ever
changing colours of the lake.
Pho
to: M
ike Wyn
ne
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 105
Asia
Pho
to: C
laire EllisThis is one of the greatest treks in the world,
unbeatable in terms of close-up mountain views
and proximity to many of the world’s highest
peaks. However this is a tough but rewarding
trek, with many days being spent on the rugged,
tumbled glacier as you head up to ‘Concordia’
where the Baltoro and the Godwin-Austen glaciers
converge in a beauty and simplicity of ice and rock.
Many trekking operators turn round
here but Adventure Peaks takes
you on up past Broad Peak to K2
base camp where we spend a night,
allowing you time to absorb the unique atmosphere
and environment surrounding this unforgettable
mountain. Conditions permitting we return via the
spectacular Gondogoro La (5600m), a dramatic high
col that affords further stunning views of not only
the Gasherbrum peaks but also Broad Peak, K2 and
the Muztagh Tower. The return to civilisation is down
the Hushe valley, passing the extremely photogenic,
and arrow like, Leila peak. Alternatively we may
have to retrace our steps to Askole.
This is a trek that requires physical and mental
fitness but boy, is it worth it!
K2 Base Camp and the Gondogoro La K2 Base Camp and the Gondogoro La
Duration: 23 days | Grade: T6
Max altitude: 5585m | Group size: 6-12
•Glaciers and icy summits•Unforgettable mountain scenery• Two nights at K2 base camp
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 20 Jun Sun 12 Jul 15 £2,650 £3,365
Sat 04 Jul Sun 26 Jul 15 £2,650 £3,365
Sat 25 Jul Sun 16 Aug 15 £2,650 £3,470
Sat 18 Jun Sun 10 Jul 16 £2,680 £3,395
Sat 02 Jul Sun 24 Jul 16 £2,680 £3,395
Sat 23 Jul Sun 14 Aug 16 £2,680 £3,500
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 106
Asia
This trek takes you deep into the “Wild West” of Mongolia, where rolling steppe grasslands ease their way upwards to glaciers and snow covered peaks along the international borders with Russia and China. On your journey to this remote region you will get to appreciate the sheer vastness of Mongolia. After a short time in the capitol Ulaanbaator,
a three hour flight to the west takes you over endless, sparsely inhabited, steppe to the Kazakh city of Ulgii from where the real adventure begins.
We trek for six days, with camels carrying our bags and equipment, to reach a “base camp” in the Tavan Bogd Mountains. From here we
explore the glaciers and trek to the top of Malchin Peak (4050m) before returning to Ulgii to start the journey home. During the trek we will encounter Kazakh and Turvan nomads living in their gers (yurts) and tending their herds in these high rolling pastures.
Biafo - Hispar and Snow LakeA journey along the ‘highway of ice’ that connects
the two ancient kingdoms of Hunza and Baltistan.
The Biafo and the Hispar glaciers are linked at
the shallow pass of the Hispar La, cutting a non-
technical route through the mountains in the heart
of the Karakorum. This great trek will surely be on
any serious mountain trekker’s hit list, and really
does take you to one of the wildest
places in the Karakorum. Eric Shipton
described the 16km wide Snow Lake
at the head of the Biafo glacier as ‘the
last blank on the map’. The Latok group of peaks
are among the many spectacular jagged spires that
tower above the glacier, helping to create one of
the finest mountain views in the world.
Trekking up a glacier is demanding – sometimes
walking on rocky moraine, sometimes through
grassy valleys between the lateral moraines
and the valley sides, and at the higher altitudes
on pristine white ice and then snow, where we
rope up for security in the crevassed areas. The
Biafo - Hispar and Snow Lake
Duration: 23 days | Grade: T6
Max altitude: 5151m | Group size: 6-12
•Visit ‘The Last Blank on the Map’• Pristine “Snow Lake”•A fantastic glacial journey
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 20 Jun Sun 12 Jul 15 £2,450 £3,165
Sat 25 Jul Sun 16 Aug 15 £2,450 £3,270
Sat 18 Jun Sun 10 Jul 16 £2,450 £3,165
Sat 23 Jul Sun 14 Aug 16 £2,450 £3,270
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Mongolia’s Altai Mountains
Mongolia’s Altai MountainsDuration: 16 days | Grade: T4
Max altitude: 4037m | Group size: 3-12
•Mongolia’s “Wild West”•Camel supported trekking•Ascend Mount Malchin and look down into
Russia
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 04 Jul Sun 19 Jul 15 £1,995 £3,245
Sat 25 Jul Sun 09 Aug 15 £1,995 £3,245
Sat 02 Jul Sun 17 Jul 16 £1,995 £3,245
Sat 23 Jul Sun 07 Aug 16 £1,995 £3,245
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
highlight is camping on the Hispar La itself – with
plenty of time to absorb the scenery into minds
and cameras. At the end of the trek we descend
into the spectacular Hunza valley, dominated by
Rakaposhi (7788m) and home to the friendly and
hospitable Hunza people, who are also renowned
for their longevity believed to be linked to their
diet of apricots!
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 107
Africa
This trip is designed for those who are looking
for a challenging but not too long trek around
the highest peaks of the Moroccan Atlas. You
will have the opportunity to reach the top of six
of Morocco’s major summits, four of them over
4000m high, the final one being the highest,
Mount Toubkal at 4167m. Our exclusive route
weaves up and down over high passes, taking in
summits as we go, and includes an ascent of the
remote, seldom visited Adrar n Dern (4001m), the
mythical ‘mountain of the mountains’. Half way
through the trek we follow the Tinzer
river upstream as it descends through
narrow Kissaria gorge, a place where
even the sure footed mules are not
able to pass (we send them a different, much
longer way round!).
After an unavoidable descent to lower altitudes
at Amsouzerte, the last few days trekking will
test anyone’s fitness as we climb again and
take in the three highest summits in Morocco,
Ras, Timesguida and Toubkal. From the summit
of Toubkal we return to Marrakech for a well-
deserved celebration, with some time included to
explore this fascinating city.
Extensions:Extra time in Marrakech in a Riad or a hotel, or take
trip to the coast at Essaouira. Please contact us for
more information.
Tichka to Toubkal Traverse
High Atlas Trekking SummitsDuration: 12 days | Grade: T4
Max altitude: 4167m | Group size: 3-12
• Four 4000m peaks• The remote Kissaria gorge•Direct flights from London, Manchester,
Glasgow and Bristol
Start Date End Date Land only
Sat 30 May Wed 10 Jun 15 £560
Sat 13 Jun Wed 24 Jun 15 £560
Sat 25 Jul Wed 05 Aug 15 £560
Sat 08 Aug Wed 19 Aug 15 £560
Sat 05 Sep Wed 16 Sep 15 £560
Sat 19 Sep Wed 30 Sep 15 £560
Sat 10 Oct Wed 21 Oct 15 £560
Sat 28 May Wed 08 Jun 16 £585
Sat 11 Jun Wed 22 Jun 16 £585
Sat 23 Jul Wed 03 Aug 16 £585
Sat 06 Aug Wed 17 Aug 16 £585
Sat 03 Sep Wed 14 Sep 16 £585
Sat 17 Sep Wed 28 Sep 16 £585
Sat 08 Oct Wed 19 Oct 16 £585
Exclusive private departures,
min 2 people £750
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Tichka to Toubkal TraverseDuration: 13 days | Grade: T3
Max altitude: 4167m | Group size: 3-12
• The ‘lost world’ of the Tichka plateau •A less busy approach to Toubkal•An unspoilt seldom visited region
Start Date End Date Land only
Sat 20 Jun Thu 02 Jul 15 £770
Sat 11 Jul Thu 23 Jul 15 £770
Sat 15 Aug Thu 27 Aug 15 £770
Sat 12 Sep Thu 24 Sep 15 £770
Sat 18 Jun Thu 30 Jun 16 £795
Sat 09 Jul Thu 21 Jul 16 £795
Sat 13 Aug Thu 25 Aug 16 £795
Sat 10 Sep Thu 22 Sep 16 £795
Exclusive private departures,
min 2 people £925
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
High Atlas Trekking Summits
A two-part trek that takes you first though
delightful western section of the Atlas mountains,
a seldom visited area where you will ascend
from the lush ‘gardens’ of the valleys up through
one of the few niches in the mighty cliffs that
encircle the ‘lost world’ of the Tichka Plateau,
firmly ringed with crests, walls and ridges. Here
the spring irrigated pastures are grazed by the
Berber shepherds in the summer months, but
will be buried under snow in the winter. We exit
from the plateau following the
N’Fis River through tranquil oak and
juniper forests to lower and warmer
altitudes.
A short vehicle transfer along the Tizi n Test road
takes us to the Berber village of Wirgane and a
night in a hotel, before setting off on the second
part of this trip. We will be making our way
towards Toubkal via ‘the back door’, following
the Azzaden valley up to the delightful, quiet old
Lepiney refuge nestled below the vertical south
face of Tazarhart Mountain. Our approach to
Toubkal gives us face on views of North Africa’s
highest mountain and the route we take up
the following day. After summiting Toubkal it
is happily downhill for a final night in the High
Atlas Mountains, and then back to Marrakech the
following day.
Extensions:Extra time in Marrakech in a Riad or a hotel, or take
trip to the coast at Essaouira. Please contact us for
more information.
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 108
Africa
Mount Toubkal AscentMt. Toubkal, known locally as Jebel Toubkal
stands 4167m above sea level and commands
superb views of the High Atlas Mountains. Our
route passes through a valley that sees few
trekkers, remote traditional Berber villages that
offer an insight into the life of the Berbers, and a
romantic medieval culture that has hardly changed
for centuries. Following a careful program of
acclimatisation we ascend Aguelzim
(3550m) before summiting Toubkal
(4167m), the highest mountain in
North Africa. The views across the
Jebel Sahro and towards the Sahara crest over
peaks and ridges into a receding haze of blue.
Reports say “What a great trip! You get the full hit
of everything in Morocco; hustlers, markets, wacky
spices, beautiful mountains, great food and really
friendly people make it a trip to be remembered
for a long time”.
Extensions (for both trips):Extra time in Marrakech in a Riad or a hotel, or take
trip to the coast at Essaouira. Please contact us for
more information.
Siroua Summit and Saffron
Mount Toubkal AscentDuration: 8 days | Grade: T3
Max altitude: 4167m | Group size: 2-12
•A different approach to Toubkal•Berber village life• Excellent acclimatisation
Start Date End Date Land only
Sat 23 May Sat 30 May 15 £395
Sat 06 Jun Sat 13 Jun 15 £395
Sat 13 Jun Sat 20 Jun 15 £395
Sat 18 Jul Sat 25 Jul 15 £395
Sat 25 Jul Sat 01 Aug 15 £395
Sat 22 Aug Sat 29 Aug 15 £395
Sat 29 Aug Sat 05 Sep 15 £395
Sat 05 Sep Sat 12 Sep 15 £395
Sat 21 May Sat 28 May 16 £395
Sat 04 Jun Sat 11 Jun 16 £395
Sat 11 Jun Sat 18 Jun 16 £395
Sat 16 Jul Sat 23 Jul 16 £395
Sat 23 Jul Sat 30 Jul 16 £395
Sat 20 Aug Sat 27 Aug 16 £395
Sat 27 Aug Sat 03 Sep 16 £395
Sat 03 Sep Sat 10 Sep 16 £395
Exclusive private departures,
min 2 people £475
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
For a winter ascent, please refer to page 65 or our website
Siroua Summit and SaffronDuration: 8 days | Grade: T2
Max altitude: 3200m | Group size: 3-12
•Winter walking on the edge of the Sahara• Snow in spring, saffron in autumn•Visit Marrakech, Taroudant and Telouet
Start Date End Date Land only
Sat 14 Feb Sat 21 Feb 15 £475
Sat 21 Feb Sat 28 Feb 15 £475
Wed 15 Apr Wed 22 Apr 15 £475
Sat 04 Apr Sat 11 Apr 15 £475
Sat 17 Oct Sat 24 Oct 15 £475
Sat 24 Oct Sat 31 Oct 15 £475
Sat 31 Oct Sat 07 Nov 15 £475
Sat 19 Dec Sat 26 Dec 15 £475
Sat 13 Feb Sat 20 Feb 16 £495
Sat 20 Feb Sat 27 Feb 16 £495
Wed 23 Mar Wed 30 Mar 16 £495
Sat 09 Apr Sat 16 Apr 16 £495
Sat 15 Oct Sat 22 Oct 16 £495
Sat 22 Oct Sat 29 Oct 16 £495
Sat 29 Oct Sat 05 Nov 16 £495
Sat 17 Dec Sat 24 Dec 16 £495
Exclusive private departures,
min 2 people £575
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
The Jebel Siroua is special. Few people visit this
quiet corner of Morocco where the local Berbers
live a traditional life grazing their flocks, farming
almonds and saffron, and as true artisans hand craft
their famous Moroccan carpets in their homes. On
our short trek here the experience you have will
depend on when you choose to travel. At any time
you will be able to see the carpets in
production and enjoy tasting a cup
of saffron tea in a village house. In
February snow usually covers the
summit of Jebel Siroua (3305m), an ancient volcanic
plug whose vertiginous true summit can only be
climbed using ropes. By Easter the snow will have
melted, the temperature is getting hotter and
there will be more cultivation in the fields. October
or November is when the saffron is harvested
and you might like to join in and find out just
how time consuming it is to gather this valuable
delicate spice. After finishing the trek we drive back
to Marrakech via the famous Kasbah of Ait Ben
Haddou and the old Glaoui palace at Telouet.
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 109
Africa
Ethiopia’s Simien Mountains
Malawi’s Mulanje MountainMalawi – The Warm Heart of Africa. Speak to
anyone who has been there and they will have
fallen in love with this delightful place. Down
below the southern end of Lake Malawi is the little
known and, relative to everything
else in Africa, small scale Mulanje
Massif. Surrounded by tea plantations
and lush forests teeming with rich
plant and animal species, Mulanje provides five
days of excellent trekking and the chance to climb
Sapitwa (3002m), Malawi’s highest peak. After
the initial steep climb up onto the massif, the
walking is relatively gentle and there are many
optional excursions from the camps for those with
excessive energy.
Trekking in the scenic landscape Simien Mountains
really does seem out of this world. A short
flight from Addis takes us to the historic city of
Gondar, renowned for its castles and churches.
As we drive north towards the Simien Mountains
the surprisingly green land just gets greener.
Monolithic pinnacles and towers emerge out of the
ground, backed by cliffs tumbling 1000’s of vertical
metres to the verdant valleys below. We trek for
ten full days through this protected wilderness,
gradually sinking into the primeval rhythms of this
serene world. Following the tops of the precipices,
we cross plateaux and rivers and after
an ascent of Ras Dashen (4620m),
Ethiopia’s highest peak, we descend
to lower, warmer levels stopping at
some stunningly gorgeous campsites to emerge
from the mountains on the north side at Adi Arkay.
During the trek we can expect to see many Gelada
Baboons, the endemic Walia Ibex and if we are
lucky the rare Simien Fox. A trek through this
region will remain vivid in one’s memory for ever
as really there is really nowhere else in the world
with comparable atmosphere and scenery.
Extensions:2 nights in Lalibella to visit the rock hewn
churches.
Cost: £650 for 2 people (reduction if more than 2
book)
Ethiopia’s Simien MountainsDuration: 15 days | Grade: T5
Max altitude: 4620m | Group size: 6-12
•World Heritage Site•Unique mountain scenery•Ascent of Ras Dashen
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 20 Dec Sat 03 Jan 15 £1,650 £2,500
Sat 07 Feb Sat 21 Feb 15 £1,650 £2,240
Sat 21 Feb Sat 07 Mar 15 £1,650 £2,240
Sat 24 Oct Sat 07 Nov 15 £1,650 £2,240
Sat 07 Nov Sat 21 Nov 15 £1,650 £2,240
Sat 19 Dec Sat 02 Jan 16 £1,650 £2,500
Sat 06 Feb Sat 20 Feb 16 £1,650 £2,240
Sat 20 Feb Sat 05 Mar 16 £1,650 £2,240
Sat 22 Oct Sat 05 Nov 16 £1,650 £2,240
Sat 05 Nov Sat 19 Nov 16 £1,650 £2,240
Sat 17 Dec Sat 31 Dec 16 £1,650 £2,500
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Malawi’s Mulanje MountainDuration: 13 days | Grade: T3
Max altitude: 3002m | Group size: 2-12
•A hidden African gem• The Warm Heart of Africa• Liwonde Park and Lake Malawi
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 20 Jun Thu 02 Jul 15 £1,995 £2,725
Sat 25 Jul Thu 06 Aug 15 £1,995 £3,145
Sat 26 Sep Thu 08 Oct 15 £1,995 £2,745
Sat 18 Jun Thu 30 Jun 16 £1,995 £2,745
Sat 23 Jul Thu 04 Aug 16 £1,995 £3,185
Sat 24 Sep Thu 06 Oct 16 £1,995 £2,745
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
After the trek we go on to spend some time game
viewing in Liwonde National Park and enjoy water
activities on the beautiful Lake Malawi, noted for
its clear waters and colourful Cichlid fish that can
be observed whilst snorkelling. Quite simply just a
nice introduction to Africa, a nice trek, an optional
peak and some R and R to finish.
Pho
to: M
ike Wyn
ne
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 110
Africa
The Rongai route is perhaps the easiest and most
remote of all the routes up Kilimanjaro, giving the
traveller the true feel of an unspoilt wilderness.
Approaching the mountain from
the north east side, although
longer, it has a gentle gradient
and shorter daily stages linked
with a rest and acclimatisation
day at the idyllic Mawenzi Tarn, nestling gracefully
beneath dramatic rock spires of Mawenzi, the
massif’s second summit. This gives 7 days walking,
summiting on the 6th day. Descent is via the
Marangu (‘Coca Cola’) route.
Rongai Route
Make no mistake; this is a once in a lifetime experience to savour and enjoy afterwards. All our Kilimanjaro routes have been carefully chosen both to improve your enjoyment through acclimatisation and also for your safety. We at Adventure Peaks do not believe it is wise to spend any less than 6 days on the mountain for the simple fact that we want
our clients to feel good both mentally and physically and to reach their goal – the ‘roof of Africa’. Each route we offer has its own quirks and we encourage you to check our website or contact our experienced staff to help you decide which trip is perfect for you. Yes, every extra day on the mountain costs, but it helps retain our success levels of more than 99%
for clients to the true summit of Kilimanjaro, Uhuru Peak – and it will cost a lot more to come back for a second attempt! All flights are to Kilimanjaro airport avoiding the overland journey to and from Nairobi. And finally we include ALL PARK FEES (at December 2014 rates).
Rongai RouteDuration: 10 days | Grade: T4
Max altitude: 5895m | Group size: 2-12
•Climb to the top of Africa• 7 days on the mountain•One of the least busy routes
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Fri 02 Jan Sun 11 Jan 15 £1,550 £2,300
Fri 30 Jan Sun 08 Feb 15 £1,550 £2,300
Fri 17 Jul Sun 26 Jul 15 £1,550 £2,450
Fri 04 Sep Sun 13 Sep 15 £1,550 £2,300
Fri 02 Oct Sun 11 Oct 15 £1,550 £2,300
Fri 01 Jan Sun 10 Jan 16 £1,550 £2,300
Fri 29 Jan Sun 07 Feb 16 £1,550 £2,300
Fri 15 Jul Sun 24 Jul 16 £1,550 £2,450
Fri 02 Sep Sun 11 Sep 16 £1,550 £2,300
Fri 30 Sep Sun 09 Oct 16 £1,550 £2,300
Exclusive private departures,
min 2 people £1,595 £2,345
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Kilimanjaro
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 111
Africa
Pho
to: M
ike Wyn
ne
This is our longest route on the mountain,
designed for those of you who have the time
and really want to maximise your chances of
summiting. It approaches the mountain from low
down in the pristine rainforest on the western
side, emerging and crossing the World Heritage
site of the Shira plateau. Skirting
the southern face of Kibo, the
views of the summit icefields and
back to Mawenzi are stunning,
and a climb to the Lava Tower
(4600m) on the 4th day makes for excellent and
valuable acclimatisation. The infamous Barranco
wall provides excitement on the 5th day, with the
ascent to Stella point on the 7th day providing an
easier approach to Uhuru Peak than via Gillmans.
Descent is via the Mweka route.
This route is a must and makes a great trek in its
own right and may appeal to those not too worried
about achieving the dizzy heights of 5895m and
happy to stay at camp for a lie-in on summit day!
The Machame Route is offered as our ‘budget’ route, giving you just 6 days on the mountain, reaching the
summit on your 5th day. This is a challenging way to attempt the mountain, but is a perfectly acceptable
way to make the ascent for fit experienced walkers who have some previous experience at altitude. It is also
the ideal way to ascend Kilimanjaro if you choose to make an ascent of Mount Meru (one of our Tanzania
extensions) beforehand.
The Machame route approaches from the wetter south side of the mountain, initially through dense, lush
montane cloud forest and on up to the eastern side of the Shira plateau to Shira 2 campsite.
Shortly beyond here the route merges with Lemosho route as it passes the Lava Tower
(4600m) on the acclimatisation day en route to Barranco. From this point on the trail can get
very busy, but there is never any need to rush on our itineraries. Descent is via the Mweka
route.
Mount MeruThe ascent of Mount Meru (4566m) is a four day
trip and easily undertaken as an extension prior
to either the Rongai or Machame routes. Mount
Meru is Kili’s little sister and makes for a superb
training and acclimatising trip before the main
ascent. You can also expect to see wildlife on the
lower slopes and in the Arusha National Park
which we pass through after the climb. Fly out the
Monday before the main trip.
SafariVisit Lake Manyara, Tarangire and the famous
Ngorongoro Crater on our 3-day lodge or tented
camp based safari extension. Please contact us for
more details.
Machame Route
Lemosho Route Lemosho RouteDuration: 11 days | Grade: T4
Max altitude: 5895m | Group size: 2-12
•Cross the Shira plateau• 8 days on the mountain•Maximise your acclimatisation
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Thu 15 Jan Sun 25 Jan 15 £1,750 £2,500
Thu 12 Feb Sun 22 Feb 15 £1,750 £2,500
Thu 02 Jul Sun 12 Jul 15 £1,750 £2,500
Thu 06 Aug Sun 16 Aug 15 £1,750 £2,650
Thu 03 Sep Sun 13 Sep 15 £1,750 £2,500
Thu 01 Oct Sun 11 Oct 15 £1,750 £2,500
Thu 14 Jan Sun 24 Jan 16 £1,750 £2,500
Thu 11 Feb Sun 21 Feb 16 £1,750 £2,500
Thu 30 Jun Sun 10 Jul 16 £1,750 £2,500
Thu 04 Aug Sun 14 Aug 16 £1,750 £2,650
Thu 01 Sep Sun 11 Sep 16 £1,750 £2,500
Thu 29 Sep Sun 09 Oct 16 £1,750 £2,500
Exclusive private departures,
min 2 people £1,795 £2,545
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Machame RouteDuration: 9 days | Grade: T5
Max altitude: 5895m | Group size: 2-12
•Our quickest route up Kilimanjaro• 6 days on the mountain• Perfect choice after Mount Meru
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 10 Jan Sun 18 Jan 15 £1,190 £1,890
Sat 07 Feb Sun 15 Feb 15 £1,190 £1,890
Sat 25 Jul Sun 02 Aug 15 £1,190 £2,090
Sat 12 Sep Sun 20 Sep 15 £1,190 £1,890
Sat 24 Oct Sun 01 Nov 15 £1,190 £1,890
Sat 26 Dec Sun 03 Jan 16 £1,190 £2,090
Sat 09 Jan Sun 17 Jan 16 £1,190 £1,890
Sat 06 Feb Sun 14 Feb 16 £1,190 £1,890
Sat 23 Jul Sun 31 Jul 16 £1,190 £2,090
Sat 10 Sep Sun 18 Sep 16 £1,190 £1,890
Sat 22 Oct Sun 30 Oct 16 £1,190 £1,890
Sat 24 Dec Sun 01 Jan 17 £1,190 £2,090
Exclusive private departures,
2 people£1,265
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Tanzania Extensions
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 112
Africa
Mount Kenya and the AberdaresOur traverse of Mt. Kenya is preceded by spending
3 days in the Aberdares National Park where as
well as acclimatising by ascending to its highest
point Le Satima Peak (4001m), this will give you
the opportunity to adapt to the
climate and culture of Kenya. The
park is rich in Alpine flora and
fauna and many Kenyan animals
can be seen here including black
rhino, leopards and elephants, magnificent
waterfalls, and over 250 species of birds including
sunbirds and eagles.
After crossing the equator and a night in a hotel
we head to Mt. Kenya’s Sirimon park gate to
commence our traverse via Point Lenana (4985m),
the massif’s highest non-technical summit. Our
choice of route provides excellent acclimatisation
by traversing and circling Mt. Kenya linking two of
its most famous trails – the Sirimon and Chogoria
trails. The trek offers spectacular ever changing
scenery: vistas of vast plains bordering the Great
Rift Valley, dense forest, deep gorges, waterfalls,
moorland, glaciers and mountain tarns.
Extensions:A wide variety of safari extensions available or
head south to Tanzania and climb Kilimanjaro.
Please contact us for details.
South Africa’s Drakensberg
Mount Kenya and the Aberdares
Duration: 10 days | Grade: T4
Max altitude: 4985m | Group size: 2-12
• Traverse via the Sirimon and Chogoria routes•Warm up in the Aberdares • Excellent acclimatisation
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Fri 30 Jan Sun 08 Feb 15 £1,230 £1,880
Fri 12 Jun Sun 21 Jun 15 £1,230 £1,880
Fri 09 Oct Sun 18 Oct 15 £1,230 £1,880
Fri 29 Jan Sun 07 Feb 16 £1,230 £1,880
Fri 10 Jun Sun 19 Jun 16 £1,230 £1,880
Fri 07 Oct Sun 16 Oct 16 £1,230 £1,880
Exclusive private departures,
2 people £1,395 £2,045
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
South Africa’s DrakensbergDuration: 10 days | Grade: T4
Max altitude: 3482m | Group size: 4-12
•Ascend the highest peak in the Drakensberg•Giant’s Castle and World’s View•Mont-aux-Sources and the Amphitheatre
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Fri 13 Mar Sun 22 Mar 15 £1,495 £2,215
Fri 27 Mar Sun 05 Apr 15 £1,495 £2,345
Fri 17 Apr Sun 26 Apr 15 £1,495 £2,215
Fri 23 Oct Sun 01 Nov 15 £1,495 £2,215
Fri 13 Nov Sun 22 Nov 15 £1,495 £2,215
Fri 27 Nov Sun 06 Dec 15 £1,495 £2,215
Fri 11 Mar Sun 20 Mar 16 £1,550 £2,270
Fri 25 Mar Sun 03 Apr 16 £1,550 £2,370
Fri 15 Apr Sun 24 Apr 16 £1,550 £2,300
Fri 21 Oct Sun 30 Oct 16 £1,550 £2,300
Fri 11 Nov Sun 20 Nov 16 £1,550 £2,300
Fri 25 Nov Sun 04 Dec 16 £1,550 £2,300
Small group supplement
(2 or 3 clients) £100
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Known in the Zulu language as ‘The Barrier of
Spears’, the Drakensberg Mountains form a
formidable barrier of sandstone topped with
basalt between South Africa and Lesotho. As a
UNESCO World Heritage Site, this region preserves
San rock art as well as a wide variety of birds and
animals. With high mountain peaks, dramatic
rock architecture, impressive waterfalls and green
meadows cut by smooth flowing rivers, this is an
ideal area to enjoy a few nights out
in the wilderness, camping in some
spectacular locations.
Our two-part trek takes you to all the best places,
and with porters to assist you, you can enjoy this
serene wilderness carrying only a light backpack for
the nights spent out in the hills. We take you to the
summit of Thabana Ntlenyana in Lesotho (3482m),
along vertiginous escarpments, across to Sentinel
Peak, the Amphitheatre, Tugela Falls and Mont-aux-
Sources – all squeezed into a 10 day holiday!
Extensions:
Cape Town and the Winelands, Kruger National
Park, the Garden Route. Please contact us for
details.
Pho
to: D
avid C
oo
per
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 113
Sou
th A
merica
Best of Patagonia
This is a true classic – one of the greatest walks in
the world. This 100km circuit takes you around and
into the heart of stunning mountain scenery. The
pink granite towers, coated with crystalline snow
and ice, protrude skywards from the core of the
massif, which itself is almost completely encircled
by mighty lakes and gleaming glaciers. Here you
are surrounded by glaciated mountains but with
the added bonus that altitude is not a factor as the
highest point of the trek is the John Garner Pass
at just 1300m. Twice on the trek we
leave the ‘ring road’ and head inwards
to the centre of the circle, up the Valle
Frances and then the Rio Ascencio for
amazing close up views of the teeth-like, granite
towers such as the Hoja (Blade) and the Espada
(Sword).
The start and finish is from the renowned
Ecocamp’s Camp Torres where you may choose
to upgrade to stay in one of the award winning
‘domes’. Fixed camps and refuges provide
accommodation for trekkers along the way, and a
team of porters will accompany you, enabling you
to enjoy the walking without too much weight to
carry. This is a ‘must’ for any serious walker – you
cannot hang up your boots until you have done
this one!
The Andes – Patagonia – Fitz Roy – Cerre Torre –
Torres del Paine – glaciers and penguins and the ends
of the Earth at Tierra del Fuego. What do these names
conjure up in anyone’s mind? If there is ever a ‘must
visit’ part of the world, this is it! We
have developed this ‘active’ itinerary
to enable you to appreciate this region
in all its glory and to see as much of it
as possible in a two week trip. There is no extended
trekking, but instead a series of day walks for you to
get out and enjoy being close to the massive glaciers,
wildlife, granite mountains, turquoise-blue lakes and
forests that make Patagonia a special place.
We take you right on down to ‘The Land of Fires’,
Tierra del Fuego, where you will be able to appreciate
the stark serene beauty of this wilderness, finishing
Torres del Paine Circuit
Best of PatagoniaDuration: 15 days | Grade: T2
Max altitude: 1200m | Group size: 1-12
• Fitz Roy and Cerre Torre• Torres del Paine• Tierra del Fuego
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 17 Jan Sat 31 Jan 15 £2,150 £2,950
Sat 14 Feb Sat 28 Feb 15 £2,150 £2,950
Sat 14 Nov Sat 28 Nov 15 £2,175 £2,975
Sat 12 Dec Sat 26 Dec 15 £2,175 £3,125
Sat 16 Jan Sat 30 Jan 16 £2,175 £2,975
Sat 13 Feb Sat 27 Feb 16 £2,175 £2,975
Solo travellers requiring a
single room £700 supplement
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Private departures, min 2 people, available any day
between November - February
Domestic flights in Argentina FROM £350
Torres del Paine CircuitDuration: 13 days | Grade: T3
Max altitude: 1300m | Group size: 1-12
•Circular trek around the Torres del Paine Massif• The Heart of Patagonia•Breathtaking glacial scenery
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Weekly departures every
Monday from the end of
October to the middle of
March. Please refer to our
website for full details.
£1,895 £3,095
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Christmas / New Year supplement: £200
Extensions:Fly out one day earlier and travel to the Torres del
Paine by catamaran and zodiac.
Upgrade to stay 3 nights in a ‘dome’ at Ecocamp.
Visit the Fitzroy massif before or after the main
trek
Continue south to Tierra del Fuego after the trek –
various itineraries available.
Please contact our office for more details and
prices.
your journey with a boat trip on the Beagle Channel.
Travel on this trip is via the busy capital of Argentina,
Buenos Aires.
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 114
Sou
th A
merica
Bolivia’s Royal MountainsBolivia’s Cordillera Real (Royal Mountains) rise
out of the Andean Altiplano to the east of the
fabled Lake Titicaca. Six shapely 6000m summits
soar more than 2200m above the plateau to the
summit of Illimani at 6462m. Our venture through
the Cordillera provides a serious challenge to even
the fittest walker. Flying in to La Paz (3650m)
means that before you even start walking you are
at a significantly high altitude. Rest
and relaxation, usually offered at
the end of a trek, is actually enjoyed
before you start with time spent
acclimatising on the shores and islands of Lake
Titicaca.
The trek takes you right through the heart of the
mountains, passing many lakes, crossing numerous
passes from where close up views of the major
summits and extended views across the range
reward your efforts. You come face to face with
Condoriri (the Condor’s Head), and the mighty
Huayna Potosi (6094m). After eleven days at high
altitude, we finally descend from mountain to
rainforest, dropping down following one of Bolivia’s
Ecuador Explorer
Bolivia’s Royal MountainsDuration: 18 Days | Grade: T5
Max altitude: 5200m | Group size: 2-12
• The ultimate high altitude trek•Cordillera Real and the Choro Trail• Lake Titicaca and Isla del Sol
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
(L) Sat 13 Jun Tue 30 Jun 15 £1,375 £2,465
(UK) Sat 18 Jul Tue 04 Aug 15 £1,795 £3,015
(L) Sat 25 Jul Tue 11 Aug 15 £1,375 £2,655
(L) Sat 11 Jun Tue 28 Jun 16 £1,375 £2,465
(UK) Sat 16 Jul Tue 02 Aug 16 £1,795 £3,015
(L) Sat 23 Jul Tue 09 Aug 16 £1,375 £2,655
L = Operates with local Bolivian leader
UK = Operates with UK leader 6+ passengers
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Ecuador ExplorerDuration: 16 Days | Grade: T3
Max altitude: 5000m | Group size: 4-12
• Exploring the best of rural Ecuador•Optional climbs•Multi day hikes, short transfers
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 20 Dec Sun 04 Jan 15 £1,295 £2,945
Sat 10 Jan Sun 25 Jan 15 £1,295 £2,245
Sat 25 Jul Sun 09 Aug 15 £1,295 £2,445
Sat 10 Oct Sun 25 Oct 15 £1,295 £2,245
Sat 19 Dec Sun 03 Jan 16 £1,295 £2,445
Sat 09 Jan Sun 24 Jan 16 £1,295 £2,245
Sat 23 Jul Sun 07 Aug 16 £1,295 £2,445
Sat 08 Oct Sun 23 Oct 16 £1,295 £2,245
Sat 17 Dec Sun 01 Jan 17 £1,295 £2,445
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Galapagos Islands +4 to 8 days from £1295
Cotopaxi (+2 days) £250
‘Inca Trails’ to finish, in the tropical village of Chairo
at 1300m.
Extensions:Amazon Basin (4 days / 3 nights) Machu Picchu (4
days / 3 nights) Uyuni Salt Lake (5 days / 4 nights)
Please contact us for details.
Pho
to: M
athew
Wilso
n
This walking itinerary has been specially developed
for people who wish to visit this fascinating
area without feeling the need to ‘tick off’ the
tops of the volcanoes for which the region is
best known. Ecuador’s ‘Avenue des Volcans’ is at
the northernmost tip of the Andean Chain and
contains some of the world’s highest and most
impressive free-standing volcanoes. From the
colourful capital of Quito we first visit the Otavalo
region in the north of the country for four days,
hiking round lakes and lagoons and staying in a
variety of camps, cabins and hostels.
After a brief stop in Quito, we now
head south to explore the Cotopaxi
National Park where we trek up to the base of the
glacier tumbling off the mountain before heading
across to the Western Cordillera for our last few
days of trekking. We stay the night beside the
emerald lake in the Quilotoa crater, and walk out
the following day along the Toachi River to finish
our trek at the Indian village of Tigua.
There will be time to shop in the Indian markets
before returning to Quito and flying home, or,
since you have come so far you may be tempted to
extend your stay to either climb Cotopaxi (5897m)
or take a cruise around the renowned Galapagos
Islands.
Please contact us for details
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 115
Sou
th A
merica
Read the book, seen the movie? – Now go and see
it for yourself, but don’t expect to encounter too
many dinosaurs! We travel on foot from the Indian
settlement of Parai-Tepui through the Gran Sabana
grasslands to the base of Roraima Tepui, a seemingly
impenetrable fortress surrounded by 800m vertical
walls. From our camp at the base of the cliffs, we
can enjoy views across the savannah and watch the
sun play on the rose coloured cliffs above. A diagonal
cleft penetrates the cliffs, allowing us
access to the summit via a steep but
non-technical trail. We have a full day
to explore the bizarre rock formations,
fauna and plant life, much of which is found nowhere
else on Earth, before retracing our steps back to Parai-
Tepui and continuing on by vehicle to Santa Elena.
No visit to Venezuela would be complete without
visiting the world’s tallest waterfall, the 1000m high
Angel Falls. A charter flight takes us over the Tepuis to
Canaima from where we travel by motorised canoe
up-river to a jungle camp beneath the falls. There is
time at leisure to absorb the views and atmosphere
of the falls before returning to Canaima for the night
and then on to Caracas and home.
Roraima Tepui and Angel Falls
Roraima Tepui and the Angel Falls
Duration: 14 Days | Grade: T2/3
Max altitude: 2700m | Group size: 3-12
•Visit Conan Doyle’s “Lost World”• Take a shower at the Angel Falls•Quality accommodation and all fees included
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Sat 20 Dec Fri 02 Jan 15 £1,820 £2,520
Sat 17 Jan Fri 30 Jan 15 £1,820 £2,520
Sat 07 Nov Fri 20 Nov 15 £1,820 £2,520
Sat 19 Dec Fri 01 Jan 16 £1,820 £2,520
Sat 16 Jan Fri 29 Jan 16 £1,820 £2,520
Sat 05 Nov Fri 18 Nov 16 £1,820 £2,520
Sat 17 Dec Fri 30 Dec 16 £1,820 £2,520
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 116
Sou
th A
merica
Classic Inca Trail
The impressive free-standing snowy peak of
Ausangate towers to 6372m and is clearly seen in
the east from the Inca capital of Cusco. Our fully
supported 6-day trek through this remote and rarely
visited part of Peru circumnavigates
the mountain, crossing several high
passes on the way. The trek takes you
through pastures grazed by the native llamas and
alpacas, ancient Inca villages and past pristine lakes
reflecting the snow covered peaks above. Here you
can enjoy being away from the crowds on the Inca
Trail, meet the friendly Quecha locals as you pass
through their villages and relax in hot springs on the
final day of the trek.
Ausangate Circuit
Without a doubt the Inca Trail is, and always will
be, one of the world’s most awe-inspiring walks. It
is not long (as far as treks go), but does go to quite
a significant altitude (4200m) before dropping
down to the ‘most famous pile of rocks in the
world’, Machu Picchu. Steeped in mystical history,
the classic trail passes many other interesting ruins
before arriving at the extensive ruined ‘Lost City of
the Incas’. Our 2015 itinerary allows two full days
to acclimatise before setting off on
the trek and more time than most on
the trail, making the walking easier
and giving more time to explore and
learn about the history and culture surrounding
this region. We visit Machu Picchu early in the
morning before the crowds arrive, returning to
Cusco using the Vistadome train in the afternoon.
There are alternative walks that lead to Machu
Picchu, but they are not the Inca Trail. You must
have a permit to walk the trail, and these are
limited. Working closely with our colleagues in
Cusco, we will obtain these permits for you but
the earlier you book the more certain we can be to
secure a permit.
Book early to
secu
re a p
ermit
Classic Inca TrailDuration: 11 Days | Grade: T3
Max altitude: 4200m | Group size: 1-12
• The Classic Inca Trail• Full morning tour of Machu Picchu• Extra time on ‘the trail’, quieter campsites
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Weekly departures every
Monday from the 20th March
to 18th December. Please refer
to our website for full details.
£1,195 £2,185
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Ausangate CircuitDuration: 11 Days | Grade: T4
Max altitude: 5200m | Group size: 1-12
• Trek in the remote Cordillera Vilcanota•Gorgeous lakes and hot springs• Time to visit Machu Picchu
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Fri 01 May Mon 11 May 15 £1,075 £2,065
Fri 02 Oct Mon 12 Oct 15 £1,075 £2,065
Fri 29 Apr Mon 09 May 16 £1,075 £2,065
Fri 30 Sep Mon 10 Oct 16 £1,075 £2,065
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
After flying in to Cusco we allow a day for
acclimatisation to the altitude when you may
choose to explore the city, or we can arrange for
you to join a guided tour of the Sacred Valley or
Machu Picchu.
If you prefer, you can approach Machu Picchu in
style, staying in a series of Luxury Lodges along the
Salcantay trail. Check out our website or call us for
more information.
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 117
Sou
th A
merica
Way off the beaten track, Choquequirao is an
amazingly preserved Inca outpost, only accessible
by a tough trek. It is comparable in size to Machu
Picchu and dramatically located on a promontory
nearly 1,700m above the roaring Apurimac
River. This mule supported hike to
Choquequirao and beyond takes in
high passes, perfectly preserved Inca
Trails and awesome Andean peaks,
and ends with a spectacular and rarely seen view
of Machu Picchu, complete with a fully guided tour
of these incredible ruins.
This is a long, spectacular and strenuous hike
crossing the entire Vilcabamba mountain range
from the Apurimac to the Urubamba watershed. It
is approximately 75km long with almost 5000m of
both ascent and descent, passes up to 4100m and
Choquequirao Trek
Choquequirao TrekDuration: 12 days | Grade: T5
Max altitude: 4100m | Group size: 1-12
•Choquequirao - “The Cradle of Gold”•Deep valleys and high passes•Visit Machu Picchu and Cusco
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Fri 10 Apr Tue 21 Apr 15 £1,450 £2,440
Fri 08 May Tue 19 May 15 £1,450 £2,440
Sat 13 Jun Wed 24 Jun 15 £1,450 £2,500
Fri 10 Jul Tue 21 Jul 15 £1,450 £2,440
Fri 07 Aug Tue 18 Aug 15 £1,450 £2,440
Fri 11 Sep Tue 22 Sep 15 £1,450 £2,440
Fri 09 Oct Tue 20 Oct 15 £1,450 £2,440
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
river crossings as low as 1,450m.
This is your chance to be amongst one of the
few adventurers to visit this incredible site and
complete this rewarding trek to Machu Picchu.
The Po
les
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 118
A unique opportunity to combine a fascinating
voyage through Antarctic waters aboard a small
(54 berth) expedition ship, the Polar Pioneer
with an historic trek across the ice fields of
South Georgia. The journey starts and finishes
in Ushuaia, South America’s southernmost city,
and takes you across the Drake’s passage to the
Weddell Sea and the Antarctic Peninsula. We make
landings wherever possible to explore
this fascinating region on foot. We
then head north again, visiting
Elephant Island and the South Orkney
Islands, before reaching South Georgia where you
can join an (optional) 2 or 3 day Alpine Crossing
of the island – a demanding but very rewarding
undertaking. Finally we call in on the Falkland
Islands for a couple of days of exploration before
returning to Ushuaia.
Throughout the journey you will be able to observe
magnificent scenery, learn about the flora, fauna
and history of the region from the ship’s guides
and lectures.
Experience an immense world of stunning beauty
in the heart of Antarctica from the comfort of a
specially built camp located on the Union glacier.
Choose from gentle walks across waves of blue-
ice, excursions in a specially-adapted 4x4 van,
wandering through the Elephant Head valley with
its frozen ice pools and unusual rock formations,
exploring ancient rock terraces at the ‘beach’,
picnicking in hidden canyons, gazing out from the
summit of Charles Peak over the broad expanse
of Union Glacier and many more. If you’re looking
for excitement, choose from a range of adrenaline-
charged activities from ice climbing
in ancient crevasses and cross country
skiing to more technical climbs or
even a mini-overnight expedition.
In camp there are Antarctic skills sessions
and talks. Learn about polar navigation and
communications or challenge yourself on a GPS
course. Our experienced guides have a wealth of
knowledge and visiting scientists often give talks
on their latest Antarctic research. Or, simply relax
in our heated multi-purpose tent with a book or
DVD from our library.
The highlight of this experience is a spectacular
sightseeing flight along the spine of the Ellsworth
Mountains, giving you a bird’s-eye view over the
mountains and rocky exposed nunataks that peek
out from the permanent ice sheet below.
On this trip you spend six nights on Antarctica
South Georgia and Antarctica
South Georgia and Antarctica
Duration: 26 Days | Grade: T6
Max altitude: 1500m | Group size: 1+
• Trek across South Georgia• Explore the Falkland Islands•Cruise the Antarctic Coast
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Wed 28 Jan Sun 22 Feb 15 £9,100 £10,050
Sun 06 Mar Tue 29 Mar 16 £9,250 £10,200
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Prices based on sharing a triple cabin
Deposit: £1,000
An Antarctic Odyssey
An Antarctic OdysseyDuration: 13 Days | Grade: T2
Max altitude: 1500m | Group size: 1+
•An adventure of a lifetime•Wholly flexible program of activities•No previous experience required
Start Date End DateLandonly
With UKflight*
Thur 3 Dec 15 Tues 15 Dec 15 £15,800 £16,950
ADJUSTMENTS/EXTRAS*Read important flight information page 12
Deposit: £4,000
where you stay in the comfortable Union Glacier
Camp. Here you enjoy delicious hearty meals, fresh
baked pastries and delectable desserts, prepared
by international chefs.
Go on – Live the Dream!
Extensions:Visit Patagonia before or after your Antarctic
adventure. Please contact us for details
Contact us +44 (0) 15394 33794 www.adventurepeaks.com [email protected] 119
Booking conditions1. All bookings are made with Adventure Peaks Limited Registered
Company, Number 4063174 (hereinafter referred to as the
Company) whose registered office is 101 Lake Road, Ambleside,
Cumbria LA22 0DB, United Kingdom, whose director is David
Pritt.
2. The company is Fully Bonded in compliance with the EC
Directive on Package Travel, Package Holidays and Package Tours
3. The terms and conditions of all agreements made with the
Company shall be subject to, and governed by, English Law
alone. Any disputes or claims are to be decided by the English
courts, and subject to English Law alone.
4. Any reference to the term ‘trip’ in these booking conditions
covers any course, trek, walk or expedition we sell.
5. In order to make a booking you can telephone us, book online or
complete and sign the Booking Form and post it to Adventure
Peaks Limited with your deposit as indicated in the brochure, on
the booking form or on the online booking page of our website.
Unless the trip is full you will receive confirmation of booking
and further details within a few days.
6. Interim deposits to the same value are due 5 months before
departure and the remaining balance is due 10 weeks before
departure, excepting:
a. Carstenz Pyramid, 8000m Peaks and the full Snow Leopard
Challenge where two interim deposits to the same value are
due 6 months and 4 months before departure and the
remaining balance is due 10 weeks before departure.
b. Denali, Arctic and Antarctica trips where the interim is due 6
months before departure and the remaining balance is due 4
months before departure.
c. UK or Alps based courses where no interim is required and the
remaining balance is due two months before departure.
7. Extensions to all itineraries can be purchased separately and are
subject to a separate deposit of £200 per person (£400 per
person for the Galapagos).
8. It is important to be aware that once your deposits are paid,
should you wish to cancel at any time thereafter, the deposits
are non-refundable and non-transferable. In addition the
cancellation penalties detailed below will be applied. It is
strongly recommended that you have suitable cancellation
insurance coverage from the time of booking.
9. The Company may request from you a payment for your
international flight, if the airline concerned, or its agent,
demands any such payment from the Company in order to
reserve or confirm a seat and this is made before you have paid
the final balance for your trip.
10. If the Interim deposit or balance is not received by the specific
date, we reserve the right to take the payment from your card or
cancel your booking and your deposits will be forfeited, unless
the Company Director has agreed a delay in your payment.
11. Cancellation of bookings must be notified in writing or by email.
Cancellation charges are set out below, based on the date of
receipt of written notification:
1. More than 10 weeks notice before departure - loss of initial
and interim deposits
2. 8-10 weeks notice - 60% of total trip cost
3. 6-8 weeks notice - 80% of total trip cost
4. less than 6 weeks notice - 100% of total trip cost
12. For Arctic and Antarctica trips the cancellation charges are:
1. More than 180 days notice before departure - loss of deposit
2. 120 - 180 days notice - loss of deposit and loss of interim
deposit
3. less than 120 days notice - 100% of total trip cost.
13. We reserve the right to cancel any trip which does not have
sufficient people taking part to make it financially viable. If a
trip is likely to be cancelled under such circumstances, we
undertake to inform you as soon as possible, but this may occur
after final balances have been taken but will not occur less than
30 days before the departure date.
14. Cancellation of a trip by the Company will entitle you to a
refund of the fees paid to the Company for your trip, unless
cancellation has been forced by unforeseen government
intervention in which case actual costs incurred by the Company
will be subtracted from any refund due. No other compensation
will be allowable.
15. Whilst every effort will be made to adhere to the planned
itinerary, it must be realised that in this type of adventurous
travel, changes to the itinerary may occur for which the
Company accepts no responsibility, however caused. The
Company will make every effort to inform you of any change, as
we know of each change before departure. Your final itinerary
may differ in respect of the places where you stay overnight. In
particular it may be necessary to alter your itinerary at short
notice due to adverse weather, force majeure, mountain
conditions, client or leader illness, road conditions, or to
operating conditions imposed by owners and operators of
accommodation, facilities, aircraft, vessels and other forms of
transport. Should such conditions involve clients in extra costs
such as accommodation, transportation and meals, such costs
should be borne by the client.
16. International flights are on scheduled national carriers, except
for Europe and Morocco where we may use budget airlines. At
the time of going to print, we are unable to name the airline or
the type of aircraft. Flight details will be sent to you within one
month of your departure.
17. We hold an Air Travel Organiser’s Licence granted by the Civil
Aviation Authority (CAA). The Company’s ATOL number is ATOL
5882. When you buy an ATOL protected fight or flight inclusive
trip from the Company you will receive an ATOL Certificate. This
lists what is financially protected, where you can get
information on what this means for you and who to contact if
things go wrong.
18. We, or the suppliers identified on your ATOL Certificate, will
provide you with the services listed on the ATOL Certificate (or a
suitable alternative). In some cases, where neither we nor the
supplier are able to do so for reasons of insolvency, an
alternative ATOL holder may provide you with the services you
have bought or a suitable alternative (at no extra cost to you).
You agree to accept that in those circumstances the alternative
ATOL holder will perform those obligations and you agree to pay
any money outstanding to be paid by you under your contract
to that alternative ATOL holder. However, you also agree that in
some cases it will not be possible to appoint an alternative ATOL
holder, in which case you will be entitled to make a claim under
the ATOL scheme (or your credit card issuer where applicable).
19. If we, or the suppliers identified on your ATOL certificate (if any),
are unable to provide the services listed (or a suitable
alternative, through an alternative ATOL holder or otherwise) for
reasons of insolvency, the Trustees of the Air Travel Trust may
make a payment to (or confer a benefit on) you under the ATOL
scheme. You agree that in return for such a payment or benefit
you assign absolutely to those Trustees any claims which you
have or may have arising out of or relating to the non-provision
of the services, including any claim against us, the travel agent
(or your credit card issuer where applicable). You also agree that
any such claims may be re-assigned to another body, if that
other body has paid sums you have claimed under the ATOL
scheme.
20. If you book to join a trip on a ‘land only’ basis, the Company
cannot accept any responsibility for any of the travel
arrangements that you make in order to join that trip. The
Company accepts no financial liability that may arise from any
enforced change to your travel plans due to any alteration of the
trip dates, the itinerary or its cancellation, howsoever caused.
You are advised to book transferable, refundable travel tickets
with no penalties should a cancellation be necessary. Transfers
to and from the destination airport and the first and last hotel
are not included.
21. The Company cannot be held responsible for any missed
connecting transport that you have booked independently of
the Company.
22. If you have any complaints whilst on holiday, you must
immediately inform your tour leader or our overseas
representative who will use all reasonable efforts to remedy it. If
you remain dissatisfied, you must make full details of the
complaint known to us in writing within 28 days of the end of
your holiday. If you fail to follow this simple complaints
procedure, your right to claim the compensation you may
otherwise have been entitled to may be effected or even lost as
a result.
23. The Company may for operating reasons adjust advertised
departure and return dates by 24 hours, even after bookings
have been accepted.
24. Our Leaders will do their utmost to ensure that any problems
are solved for the benefit of the group as a whole. Signing the
booking form signifies your acceptance of the Leader’s authority
to make decisions affecting the group or individuals. For
instance, he/she may require an individual to leave the group if
he/she believes that person’s health is at risk, inadequate
fitness, if an illegal act is committed, or their behaviour
becomes detrimental to the safety, enjoyment or well-being of
the group. Should the Leader take such action, that person
would not be entitled to any refund.
25. The company reserves the right to change the advertised trip
leader. For departures of small numbers of people we reserve
the right to use an English speaking local trip leader.
26. Most of our trips involve going to high-altitude and carry an
inherent risk of altitude illness. Likewise most of our trips visit
remote locations with limited infrastructures where the risks to
health are increased and the ability to treat injury or illness
effectively is reduced. You must also understand climbing,
mountaineering and trekking are hazardous activities with a
risk of serious injury or death.
27. Neither the Company nor any of their representatives will be
responsible for any illness, injury or death sustained on their trip
except where such illness, injury or death is caused by
negligence or that of their representatives, nor will they be
liable for any uninsured loss of personal property.
28. On assessing the conditions expected to be encountered in the
mountains or the abilities of the team members, your trip
Leader may decide to change any aspect of the trip, if he/she
believes that to continue with the itinerary would place anyone
at undue risk.
29. Most trips have days in the itinerary that are included to provide
flexibility in case of bad weather or other delays, and thereby
increases the chance of your main objective being achieved and
for the trip to be successful. If these days are not needed in
order to achieve the aim of the expedition and the team decides
to return from the mountains early, any additional costs
incurred by you and associated with extra hotel nights, or
services that would not otherwise have been provided nor were
given in the published itinerary, must be met by you, the client
at the time.
30. The Company cannot be made liable for the consequences of
strikes, industrial action, wars, riots, sickness, quarantine,
government intervention, weather conditions, or other
untoward occurrences.
31. To take part in one of our trips you the client, must be covered
by adequate insurance for the complete duration of the trip.
Your insurance must include cover for: medical expenses, injury,
death, cost of repatriation, helicopter evacuation. If in the event
of an emergency medical rescue or evacuation from a trip of you
the client, either by foot, helicopter or otherwise, the
responsibility for the payment of such costs will lie with the
client. Any subsequent costs for expenses such as hotels, food,
transport etc shall be borne by the client. It is imperative that
the client ensures adequate insurance is in place before
departure.
32. In case of a suspected or confirmed emergency involving you or
the group of which you are a member, the Company reserves
the right to arrange (or to make arrangements for its or your
insurers to arrange) rescue and recovery as it deems appropriate
and reasonable. You agree to indemnify the Company and keep
the Company indemnified from all losses, apportioned
appropriately to you, arising from any such helicopter usage and
any resulting repatriation, for medical or non-medical reasons,
including legal costs of making a recovery against you.
33. Adventure Peaks representatives, other than the Director of the
Company, are not entitled to promise refunds or additional
services for whatever reason, and the Company will not be
bound by any such promise.
34. A client leaving a trip at any stage, for whatever reason, will not
be entitled to any refund or compensation unless agreed by the
Director of The Company.
35. Trip prices are based on an exchange rate of US$1.6 /Euro 1.15 -
UK£1 and operating costs at the time of booking. The Company
reserves the right to levy fuel and/or currency surcharges
following significant currency fluctuations or operating costs
beyond our control. We sincerely hope that surcharges will not
be necessary, but in the unlikely event that they are, you may
cancel your booking without penalty if the surcharge amounts
to more than 10% of the cost of the trip.
36. We encourage early booking to guarantee the best pricing. The
Brochure prices are subject to change and are most likely to
gradually increase after publication. Adventure Peaks Website
states the bookable price and latest offers.
37. Any air travel that is part of any trip is subject to the conditions
as stipulated by the airline concerned and liability is limited in
accordance with International Convention.
38. If the UK Foreign Office does not issue advice against all travel
to your destination, and you decide not to travel on the basis of
a perceived threat or hazard, howsoever formed, this will be
interpreted as a voluntary cancellation and the charges set out
in booking condition 11 applied.
39. Non-UK Nationals should consult their own government for
advice on travel to the destination country and all countries
transited en route. The Company will however be governed by
advice from the UK Foreign Office.
40. Adventure Peaks Limited is in the business to help people realise
their goals. We undertake to do all in our power to help make
your involvement with Adventure Peaks Limited positive and
rewarding.
41. Having made every effort to ensure correctness of this brochure
and supporting materials, we cannot be held responsible for any
inaccuracies.
42. The Company shall ensure that appropriate security measures
are in place to protect your personal data (as defined by the
Data Protection Act 1998). When you make a booking, you
consent to all the information you provide being passed on to
the Company’s suppliers, agents, sub-contractors, employees or
volunteers whether based inside or outside the European
Economic Area for the purpose of our providing you with the
trip
43. By agreeing to these booking conditions, you consent to the
Company’s staff taking photographs and/or video footage of
you during the trip and that these images may be used by the
Company for publicity and training purposes including, but not
limited to, in brochures, websites material and in the media.
Photos and video footage supplied by you or other team
members may also be used as described above.
44. On the advancement of deposit for a booking on any of our trips
the client acknowledges that he/she has read and understands
the above booking conditions and agrees to be bound by them.
For latest prices, dates and new departures visit www.adventurepeaks.com 120
No
rth A
merica
Adventure Peaks Ltd101 Lake Road, Ambleside
Cumbria LA22 0DB, UKTel: +44 (0) 15394 33794Fax: +44 (0) 15394 33833
Email: [email protected]
Pho
to o
f climb
er at The Ed
ge o
f the W
orld
ou
tside C
amp
3 o
n D
enali: To
dd
Rutled
ge